Donate
 
   
Select your prefered input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Amarakosha Search  
58 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
aśvayuk1.3.21FeminineSingularaśvinīthe head of aries
bāhudāFeminineSingularsaitavāhinīdhavala(river)
bhūḥ2.1.2-3FeminineSingularkṣmā, mahī, dhātrī, kumbhinī, ratnagarbhā, bhūmiḥ, rasā, dharā, kṣoṇī, kṣitiḥ, vasudhā, gotrā, pṛthvī, medinī, gahvarī, ilā, bhūtadhātrī, sāgarāmbarā, anantā, sthirā, dharaṇī, kāśyapī, vasumatī, vasundharā, pṛthivī, avaniḥ, vipulā, gauḥ, kṣamā, jagatī, acalā, viśvambharā, dharitrī, jyā, sarvaṃsahā, urvī, kuḥ
dhamanīFeminineSingularhanuḥ, haṭṭavilāsinī, añjanakeśī
droṇī1.10.11FeminineSingularkāṣṭhāmbuvāhinīan oval vessel of wood used for holding or pouring out of water
dvijāFeminineSingularkauntī, kapilā, bhasmagandhinī, hareṇū, reṇukā
gajabhakṣyāFeminineSingularsuvahā, hlādinī, surabhī, rasā, maheraṇā, kundurukī, sallakī
gauḥ2.9.67-72FeminineSingularupasaryā, rohiṇī, bahusūtiḥ, kapilā, navasūtikā, ekahāyanī, droṇakṣīrā, bandhyā, saurabheyī, garbhopaghātinī, arjunī, acaṇḍī, dhavalā, vaṣkayiṇī, dvivarṣā, pīnoghnī, tryabdā, samāṃsamīnā, sandhinī, vaśā, praṣṭhauhī, naicikī, pareṣṭukā, pāṭalā, suvratā, caturabdā, droṇadugdhā, avatokā, usrā, kālyā, aghnyā, sukarā, kṛṣṇā, dhenuḥ, ekābdā, pīvarastanī, trihāyaṇī, māheyī, vehad, śṛṅgiṇī, bālagarbhiṇī, śavalī, cirasūtā, dvihāyanī, sukhasaṃdohyā, caturhāyaṇī, dhenuṣyā, sravadgarbhā, mātā(49)cow
haridrā2.9.41FeminineSingularpītā, vrarṇinī, niśākhyā, kāñcanī
janīFeminineSingularcakravartinī, saṃsparśā, jatūkā, rajanī, jatukṛt
jyā2.8.86FeminineSingularmaurvī, ‍śiñjinī, guṇaḥ
kopanā strī2.6.4FeminineSingularbhāminī
kumudvatī1.10.38FeminineSingularkumudinīa place abounding in water-lillies
nadī1.10.29-30FeminineSingularkūlaṅkaṣā, sravantī, dhunī, śaivalinī, rodhovakrā, apagā, dvīpavatī, hradinī, taraṅgiṇī, nirjhariṇī, nimnagā, srotasvatī, taḍinī, sarit, sarasvatīa river
nalinīFeminineSingularbisinī, padminīan assemblage of lotus flowers
nīlīFeminineSingulardolā, śrīphalī, grāmīṇā, droṇī, rañjnī, klītakikā, nīlinī, tutthā, madhuparṇikā, kālā
nyāyyam2.8.24MasculineSingularyuktam, aupayikam, labhyam, bhajamānam, abhinītam
rajasvalā2.6.20FeminineSingularātreyī, malinī, puṣpavatī, ṛtumatī, strīdharmiṇī, udakyā, aviḥ
sādhuvāhī2.8.45MasculineSingularvinītaḥ
śampā1.3.9FeminineSingularcañcalā, taḍit, hrādinī, vidyut, kṣaṇaprabhā, śatahradā, capalā, saudāminī, airāvatīlighting
śaṅkhinīFeminineSingularcorapuṣpī, keśinī
śarvarīFeminineSingularrajanī, kṣapā, rātriḥ, tamī, tamasvinī, kṣaṇadā, niśīthinī, yāminī, vibhāvarī, triyāmā, niśāthe star spangled night
senā2.8.79FeminineSingularsainyam, camūḥ, ‍vāhinī, anīkam, balam, anīkanī, dhvajinī, cakram, ‍varūthinī, pṛtanā
senānīḥ2.8.63MasculineSingularvahinīpatiḥ
sṛṇikā2.6.67FeminineSingularlālā, syandinī
strī2.6.2FeminineSingularsīmantinī, abalā, mahilā, pratīpadarśinī, nārī, yoṣit, vanitā, vadhūḥ, yoṣā, vāmā
sūraḥ1.3.28-30MasculineSingularsahasrāṃśuḥ, raviḥ, chāyānāthaḥ, jagaccakṣuḥ, pradyotanaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, aryamā, dhāmanidhiḥ, divākaraḥ, braghnaḥ, bhāsvān, haridaśvaḥ, arkaḥ, aruṇaḥ, taraṇiḥ, virocanaḥ, tviṣāṃpatiḥ, haṃsaḥ, savitā, tejasāṃrāśiḥ, karmasākṣī, trayītanuḥ, khadyotaḥ, sūryaḥ, bhagaḥ, dvādaśātmā, abjinīpatiḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, saptāśvaḥ, vikartanaḥ, mihiraḥ, dyumaṇiḥ, citrabhānuḥ, grahapatiḥ, bhānuḥ, tapanaḥ, padmākṣaḥ, tamisrahā, lokabandhuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, inaḥ, ādityaḥ, aṃśumālī, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vivasvān, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, mārtaṇḍaḥ, pūṣā, mitraḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, aharpatiḥ(53)the sun
svarvaidyauMasculineDualnāsatyau, aśvinau, dasrau, āśvineyau, aśvinīsutauashvin
śyāmā2.2.55FeminineSingulargovandanī, priyakaḥ, viśvaksenā, priyaṅguḥ, latā, kārambhā, phalā, gundrā, mahilāhvayā, gandhaphalī, phalinī
tālaparṇīFeminineSingulardaityā, gandhakuṭī, murā, gandhinī
tarjanī2.6.82FeminineSingularpradeśinī
varārohā2.6.4FeminineSingularuttamā, varavarṇinī, mattakāśinī
vīrut2.4.9FeminineSingulargulminī, ulapaḥ
viśalyāFeminineSingularagniśikhā, anantā, phalinī, śakrapuṣpī
hlādinīFeminineSingulardambholiḥ, śatakoṭiḥ, kuliśam, śambaḥ, paviḥ, vajram, aśaniḥ, svaruḥ, bhiduramthe thunderbolt of indra
mandākinīFeminineSingularviyadgaṅgā, svarṇadī, suradīrghikāthe river of heaven
kādambinīFeminineSingularmeghamālāa sucession of cloud
sinīvālīFeminineSingularno moon
parivādinī1.7.3FeminineSingulara lute with seven strings
bhaṭṭinī1.7.13FeminineSingularany wife of king
nalinīFeminineSingularbisinī, padminīan assemblage of lotus flowers
śrīhastinīFeminineSingularbhuruṇḍī
śaṅkhinīFeminineSingularcorapuṣpī, keśinī
tapasvinīFeminineSingularjaṭilā, lomaśā, misī, jaṭā, māṃsī
kāntārthinī2.6.10FeminineSingular
bhaginī2.6.29FeminineSingularsvasā
pradeśinī2.6.83FeminineSingular
vainītakam2.8.60MasculineSingular
sandhinī2.9.70FeminineSingular
avinītaḥ3.1.21MasculineSingularsamuddhataḥ
vinītaḥ3.1.24MasculineSingularnibhṛtaḥ, praśritaḥ
khalinī2.4.42FeminineSingularkhalyā, svargaḥ, ākāśaḥ
abhinītaḥ3.3.87MasculineSingularpūtaḥ, vijanaḥ
vāṇinī3.3.119FeminineSingulardhojihvikā
vāhinī3.3.119FeminineSingularkratuḥ, vistāraḥ, tucchakaḥ
hrādinī3.3.119FeminineSingularkṛtyaḥ, ketuḥ, upanimantraṇam
kāminī3.3.119FeminineSingularprajāpatiḥ, tattvam, tapaḥ, brahma, brahmā, vipraḥ, vedāḥ
kākinī3.5.9FeminineSingular
     Apte Search  
80 results
     
aṅgam अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them) -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval-kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also (the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words). -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश. -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas). -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a. 1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्). -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः). -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa). -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39. -2 a supplementary sacrificial act. -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14. -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c. -2 produced by a supplementary rite. -3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः) -जनुस् also 1 a son. -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32. -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm. -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption. -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defective construction; Māna. -2 name of the 79th chapter. -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas. -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि). -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v. -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72. -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.). -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind. (-भूः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.). -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2. -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra. -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos. -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31. -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv. -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी). -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a bodyguard, personal attendant Pt.3. -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person. -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11. -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents. -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7. -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas. -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing. -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber. -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse. -विकल a. [तृ. त.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooning. -विकृतिः f. 1 change _x001F_2of bodily appearance; collapse. -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार). -विकारः a bodily defect. -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5. -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः). -वीरः chief or principal hero. -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.] 1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार) -2 a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.). -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्) 1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c. -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person. -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body. -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt. -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition. -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body. -सेवकः a personal attendant, body-guard. -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science. -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥ -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91. -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि] 1 gesticulation. -2 stage; dancing hall. -हीन a. [तृ. त.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).
aṅgiraḥ अङ्गिरः अङ्गिरस् m. [अङ्गति-अङ्ग् गतौ असि इरुट्; Uṇ 4. 235; according to Ait. Br. अङ्गिरस् is from अङ्गार; ये अङ्गारा आसंस्ते$ङ्गिरसो$भवन्; so Nir.; अङ्गारेषु यो बभूव सो$ङ्गिराः] N. of a celebrated sage to whom many hymns of the Rigveda (ix) are ascribed. Etymologically Aṅgira is connected with the word Agni and is often regarded as its synonym (शिवो भव प्रजाभ्यो मानुषीभ्यस्त्व- मङ्गिरः; अङ्गिरोभिः ऋषिभिः संपादितत्वात् अङ्गसौष्ठवाद्वा अङ्गिरा अग्निरूपः) According to Bhārata he was son of Agni. When Agni began to practise penance, Aṅgiras himself became Agni and surpassed him in power and lustre, seeing which Agni came to the sage and said:- निक्षिपाम्यहमग्नित्वं त्वमग्निः प्रथमो भव । भविष्यामि द्वितीयो$हं प्राजा- पत्यक एव च ॥ Aṅgiras said :- कुरु पुण्यं प्रजासर्गं भवाग्निस्तिमि- रापहः । मां च देव कुरुष्वाग्ने प्रथमं पुत्रमञ्जसा ॥ तत्श्रुत्वाङ्गिरसो वाक्यं जातवेदास्तथा$करोत्. He was one of the 1 mind-born sons of Brahmā. His wife was Śraddhā, daughter of Kardama and bore him three sons, Bṛhaspati, Utathya and Saṁvarta, and 4 daughters Kuhū, Sinīvālī, Rākā and Anumati. The Matsya Purāṇa says that Aṅgiras was one of the three sages produced from the sacrifice of Varuṇa and that he was adopted by Agni as his son and acted for some time as his regent. Another account, however, makes him father of Agni. He was one of the seven great sages and also one of the 1 Prajāpatis or progenitors of mankind. In latter times Aṅgiras was one of the inspired lawgivers, and also a writer on Astronomy. As an astronomical personification he is Bṛhaspati, regent of Jupiter or Jupiter itself. शिष्यैरुपेता आजग्मु: कश्यपाङ्गिरसादयः (Bhāg. 1.9.8.) He is also regarded as the priest of the gods and the lord of sacrifices. Besides Śraddhā his wives were Smṛti, two daughters of Maitreya, some daughters of Dakṣa, Svadhā and Satī. He is also regarded as teacher of Brahmavidyā. The Vedic hymns are also said to be his daughters. According to the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Aṅgiras begot sons possessing Brahmanical glory on the wife of Rāthītara, a Kṣatriya who was childless and these persons were afterwards called descendants of Aṅgiras. The principal authors of vedic hymns in the family of Aṅgi-ras were 33. His family has three distinct branches केवलाङ्गिरस, गौतमाङ्गिरस and भारद्वाजाङ्गिरस each branch having a number of subdivisions. - (pl.) 1 Descendants of Aṅgiras, [Aṅgiras being father of Agni they are considered as descendants of Agni himself who is called the first of the Aṅgirasas. Like Aṅgiras they occur in hymns addressed to luminous objects, and at a later period they became for the most part personifications of light, of luminous bodies, of divisions of time, celestial phenomena and fires adapted to peculiar occasions, as the full moon and change of the moon, or to particular rites, as the अश्वमेध, राजसूय &c.] -2 Hymns of the Atharvaveda. -3 Priests, who, by using magical formulas of the Atharvaveda, protect the sacrifice against the effects of inauspicious accidents.
anubandhaḥ अनुबन्धः 1 Binding or fastening on, connection, attachment, tie (lit. & fig.); यस्यां मनश्चक्षुषोरनुबन्धस्तस्या- मृद्धिः Māl.2; एतस्येदृशेन दर्शनेन कीदृशो मे हृदयानुबन्धः इति न जानासि U.3 state of feeling; K.257. -2 Uninterrupted succession, unbroken sequence, continuous flow, continuity; series, chain; बाष्पं कुसु स्थिरतया विरतानुबन्धम् Ś.4. 15; मरण˚ K.236 following up death, desire for dying; अनुबन्धाद्विरमेद्वा K.28; यदा नात्याक्षीदेवानुबन्धम् 39 (persistence in) following me, 317; वैर˚, मत्सर˚, Dk.63,161; मुच्यतां देवि शोकानुबन्धः K.63 continuous sorrow; दुर्लभजन- प्रार्थना˚ Ratn.1; विरम विरम वह्ने मुञ्च धूमानुबन्धम् 4.16; सानु- बन्धाः कथं न स्युः संपदो मे निरापदः R.1.64 continuous, uninterrupted; परिवृद्धरीगमनुबन्धसेवया R.9.69 continuous enjoyment; अयं सो$र्थो$नर्थानुबन्धः संवृत्तः V.5 giving rise to a chain of evils. -3 Descendants, posterity; सानुबन्धा हता ह्यसि Rām. relation, भूमेः सुतां भूमिभृतो$नुबन्धात् Viś. Guṇā.475. -4 Consequence, result (good or bad); आत्मदोषानुबन्धेन K.319 in consequence of; यदग्रे चानुबन्धे च सुखम् Bg.18.39,25; अनुबन्धमजानन्तः कर्मणामविचक्षणाः Rām. 3.51.26; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि नानुबन्धमवेक्षसे Mb.4.49.1. -5 Intention; design, motive, cause; अनुबन्धानपेक्षेत सानु- बन्धेषु कर्मसु Mb.5.34.8. अनुबन्धं परिज्ञाय देशकालौ च तत्त्वतः । सारापराधौ चालोक्य दण्ड दण्डयेषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; पाप˚ of evil designs. -6 An adjunct of a thing, a secondary member (मुख्यानुयायि, अप्रधानम्); (उल्का) दृश्यते सानुबन्धा च Rām.5.1.63. a secondary symptom, symptomatic affection, attendant on the principal disease (वातपित्तादि- दोषाणामप्राधान्यम्); मूर्छानुबन्धा विषमज्वराः Suśr. -7 Connecting link or adjunct of a subject or topic; theme, matter of discussion; introductory reasons; (विषयप्रयोजनाधिकारि- संबन्धः अनुबन्धः) (an indispensable element of the Vedānta). -8 (Gram.) An indicatory syllable or letter intended to denote some peculiarity in the inflection, accent &c. of the word to which it is attached; as the लृ in गम्लृ, ण् in इण्; रिपुराप पराभवाय मध्यं प्रकृति- प्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -9 Offence, fault. -1 An obstacle, impediment; also the clog or encumbrance of a family; domestic ties or attachment. -11 A child or pupil who follows the example set by his parent or teacher (मुख्यानुयायी शिशुः). -12 Beginning, commencement. -13 Repeated application or devotion (पौनःपुन्येन अभिनिवेशः). -14 Course, pursuit. -15 A small bit or part, a trifle. -16 The junction of a fraction (with an integer), as भागानुबन्धपूर्णाङ्कः. -17 Base, stem (प्रकृति). cf. अनुबन्धः प्रकृत्यादौ दोषोत्पादे विनश्वरे । मुख्यानुयायिनि शिशौ प्रकृतस्यानुवर्तने । अनुबन्धे$पि हिक्कायां भ्रष्टायामपि कथ्यते । Nm. -धी [अनुबध्यते अतिश्वासेन व्याप्रियते अनया] 1 Thirst. -2 Hickup. अनुबन्धी तु हिक्कायां तृष्णायामपि योषिति-Medinī.
apadhvasta अपध्वस्त p. p. 1 Reviled, cursed, accursed, contemptible, to be disdained. अपध्वस्ता दस्युभूता भवन्ति ये ब्राह्मणान्क्षत्रियाः सन्त्यजन्ति Mb.12.73.1. -2 Pounded badly or imperfectly (अवचूर्णित). -3 Abandoned. शरैरपध्वस्त- विनीतवेषम् Rām.7.8.5. -स्तः A vile wretch, lost to all sense of right and virtue; मूर्ख अपध्वस्तो$सि Mk.8. cf. अपध्वस्तः परित्यक्ते निन्दितेष्वथ चूर्णिते । Medinī.
aparājita अपराजित a. Unconquered, invincible, unsurpassed; ˚ता दिक् the north-east direction, (ऐशानी) so called because the Gods were not defeated there; ते (देवासुराः) उदीच्यां प्राच्यां दिश्ययतन्त ते ततो न पराजयन्त सैषा दिगपराजिता Ait. Br., अपराजितां वास्थाय व्रजेद्दिशमजिह्मगः Ms.6.31. -तः 1 A sort of poisonous insect. -2 N. of Viṣṇu; N. of Śiva. अपराजित -अप्रतिहत -जयन्त -वैजयन्त -कोष्ठकान् ...पुरमध्ये कारयेत् Kau. A.2.4. -3 One of the 11 Rudras. -4 A class of divinities forming a portion of the अनुत्तर divinities of the Jainas. -5 N. of a sage. -ता N. of Durgā, to be worshipped on the Vijayādaśamī or Dasarā day; तिष्ठ देवि शिखाबन्धे चामुण्डे ह्यपराजिते Sandhyā; दशम्यां च नरैः सम्यक् पूजनीया$पराजिता । ...ददाति विजयं देवी पूजिता जयवर्धिनी Skanda P. -2 N. of several plants; दूर्वा, शेफालिका, जयन्ती, असन, शङ्खिनी, हपुषा, असनपर्णी. -3 A kind of plant (or ओषधि) fastened round the wrist and serving as a charm or amulet; see. Ś.7. (In Vikramorvaśīyam Act 2, Kālidāsa uses अपराजिता in the sense of a spell or विद्या; ननु भगवता देवगुरुणा अपराजितां नाम शिखाबन्धनविद्यामुप- दिशता त्रिदशपरिपक्षस्यालङ्घनीये कृते स्वः). -4 The north-east quarter; see under ˚त above. -5 A kind of metre, 4 lines with 14 syllables in each -6 A sort of Yoginī. अपराजिष्णु aparājiṣṇu पराजेय parājēya अपराजिष्णु पराजेय a. Invincible.
ambā अम्बा [अम्ब्-घञ्] (Voc. अम्बे Ved.; अम्ब in later Sanskṛit) 1 A mother; also used as an affectionate or respectful mode of address; 'good woman', 'good mother'; किमम्बाभिः प्रेषितः; अम्बानां कार्यं निर्वर्तय Ś.2; कृताञ्जलिस्तत्र यदम्ब सत्यात् R.14.16. -2 N. of a plant (अम्बष्ठा d.). -3 N. of Durgā, wife of Śiva. -4 N. of an Apsaras; of a sister of Pāṇḍu's mother, a daughter of Kāśīrāja. [She and her two sisters were carried off by Bhīṣma to be the wives of Vichitravīrya who had no issue. Ambā, however, had been previously betrothed to a king of Śālva and Bhīṣma sent her to him; but the latter rejected her because she had been in another man's house. So she came back to Bhīṣma and prayed him to accept her; but he could not break his vow of life-long celibacy, and being enraged she returned to the forest and practised austere penance to revenge herself on Bhīṣma. Śiva favoured her and promised her the desired vengeance in another birth. Afterwards she was born as Śikhaṇḍinī, daughter of Drupada, who came to be called Śikhaḍin and became the cause of Bhīṣma's death.] -5 A term in astrology to denote the fourth condition. [cf. Dravid Amma; Germ. Amme; old Germ. Amma].
ātarpaṇam आतर्पणम् 1 Satisfaction, gratification. -2 Pleasing, satisfying. -3 White-washing the wall, floor or seat (on festive occasions) (मङ्गलालेपनम्). -4 The pigment used for the above purpose; आतर्पणं प्रीणने स्यान्मङ्गलालेपने$पि च Medinī.
ādi आदि (दी) नवः वम् 1 Misfortune, distress. -2 Hinderance; want of luck (in dice); आदिनवं प्रतिदीन्वे Av.7.19.4. -3 Fault, transgression; Śi.2.22. see अनादीनव. -4 An inflictor of distress; आदीनवः पुमान् दोषे परिक्लेशदुरन्तयोः Medinī. -Comp. -दर्श a. having evil designs towards a fellow-player at dice (Ved.); अक्षराजाय कितवं कृतायादिनवदर्शम् Vāj.3.18.
ādarśaḥ आदर्शः [आदृश्यते$त्र, दृश् आधारे घञ्] 1 A mirror, a looking-glass; यथादर्शे तथात्मनि Kaṭh. Up.6.5. यथादर्शो मलेन च Bg.3.38. आत्मानमालोक्य च शोभमानमादर्शबिम्बे स्तिमि- तायताक्षी Ku.7.22. -2 The original manuscript from which a copy is taken; (fig.) a pattern, model, type; आदर्शः शिक्षितानाम् Mk.1.48; आदर्शः सर्वशास्त्राणाम् K.5; so गुणानाम् &c. -3 A copy of a work. -4 A commentary, gloss. cf. आदर्शो दर्पणे दीका प्रतिपुस्तकयोरपि Medinī. -5 A particular boundary of a country. -6 N. of a country. -Comp. -मण्डलः 1 a globular mirror. -2 the surface of a mirror. (-लम्) -3 a kind of snake (with globular spots).
ābhīya आभीय a. Contained in rules or Sūtras of Pāṇinī from VI.4.22 to VI.4.129.
ābhīla आभील a. [आभियं लाति ददाति ला क] 1 Fearful, terrible; रात्रौ निशीये त्वाभीले Mb.3.11.4; आभीलानि प्राणिनः प्रत्यवस्यन् Śi.18.78. -2 Suffering from. -लम् Injury, physical pain; आभीलं न द्वयोः कृच्छ्रे वाच्यलिङ्गे भयानके Medinī.
āśaraḥ आशरः (आ-शॄ-अच्] 1 Fire. -2 A demon, goblin (रक्षस्); स शरदा$$शरदावदवानलः Rām. ch.4.67. -3 Wind; आशरस्तु पुमान् वैश्वानरे च रजनीचरे Medinī.
āskand आस्कन्द् 1 P. 1 To invade, attack; कथमिदानीमुन्मादोप- रागो माधवेन्दुमास्कन्दति Māl.9; आस्कन्दल्लक्ष्मणं बाणैः Bk.17.82. -2 To step over, tread; चयमास्कन्दति भस्मनां जनः Ki.2.2. -3 To depend or hang on (as the Vedāṅgas on the Vedas). -4 To jump, leap. आस्कन्दः, _न्दनम् 1 An attack, assault; assailling; utraging; परवनिता ˚प्रगल्भस्य Ve.2. विविधास्कन्दनाकाक्ङ्क्षी ... Śiva. B.31.68. -2 Ascending, mounting; treading, stepping over; चरणास्कन्दननामिताचलेन्द्रः Ki.13.18. -3 Reproach, abuse. -4 The walk of a horse. -5 An assailant -6 Battle, war. -7 Drying. -8 Effacing destroying. आस्कन्दनं तिरस्कारे रणे संशोषणे$पि च Medinī. आस्कन्दितम् āskanditam तकम् takam आस्कन्दितम् तकम् The walk of a horse, galloping at full speed. आस्कन्दिता च सा ज्ञेया गतिविद्भिस्तु वाजिनाम् Śukra.4.982.
ucciṅgaṭaḥ उच्चिङ्गटः 1 A passionate or angry man. -2 A kind of crab. -3 A kind of cricket; cf. उच्चिङ्गटस्तृणगढ मत्स्यकोपनयोः पुमान Medinī.
uḍḍīśaḥ उड्डीशः 1 N. of a Tantra work containing charms and incantations; उड्डीशो ग्रन्थभेदे स्यात् Medinī. -2 N. of Śiva.
utphulla उत्फुल्ल p. p. [उद्-फल्-क्त] Vārt. on P.VII.4.89. उत्फुल्लसंफुल्लयोरुपसंख्यानम्. 1 Opened, full blown (as flowers); उत्फुल्लनीलनलिनोदरतुल्यभासः Śi.11.36. -2 Widely opened, expanded, dilated (eyes); विस्मय °reeनयनः Pt.1. -3 Swollen, increased in bulk. -4 Sleeping supinely or on the back; cf. उत्तान. -5 Insolent, impudent. -ल्लम् 1 The female organ of generation (स्त्रीकरणम्) -2 A kind of coitus; cf. उत्फुल्लं करणे स्त्रीणामुत्ताने$पि विकस्वरे Medinī.
udayanam उदयनम् 1 Rising, ascending, going up; सूर्यस्योदयना- दधि Rv.1.48.7. -2 Result, consequence. -3 End, conclusion. -नः 1 N. of Agastya. -2 N. of the king Vatsa; प्राप्यावन्तीनुदयनकथाकोविदग्रामवृद्धान् Me.3. [A celebrated Prince of the lunar race, who is usually styled Vatsarāja. He reigned at Kauśambī. Vāsavadattā, Princess of Ujjayinī, saw him in a dream and fell in love with him. He was decoyed to that city and there kept in prison by Chaṇḍamahāsena, the king. But on being released by the minister, he carried off Vāsava-dattā from her father and a rival suitor. Udayana is the hero of the play called Ratnāvalī and his life has been made the subject of several other minor compositions. See Vatsa also]. -Comp. -आचार्यः N. of a philosopher and author of several works.
usra उस्र a. 1 Relating to, or seen in, the morning. -2 Bright, shining. -स्रः 1 A ray (of light), beam; सर्वैरुस्रैः समग्रैस्त्वमिव नृपगुणैर्दीप्यते सप्तसप्तिः M.2.13; R.4.66; Ki.5.31,34. शीर्षपुष्पोच्छ्रितैरुस्रैरुत्तंसितशिरोरुहाम्; Parṇāl. 4.36. -2 A bull; Rv.6.12.4. -3 A god. -4 The sun. -5 A day. -6 The two Aśvinīkumāras; Rv.2.39.3. -स्रा 1 Morning, dawn. -2 Light; bright sky. -3 A cow; स्वयमुस्राश्च दुह्यन्ते Mb.12.263.31. -4 The earth. -Comp. -धन्वन् a. having a bright bow. -m. N. of Indra. -यामन् a. going out early in the morning (as the Aśvins); Rv.7.74.1.
kālika कालिक a. (-की f.) [काल-ठन्-ठक् वा] 1 Relating to time. -2 Depending on time; विशेषः कालिको$वस्था Ak. -3 Seasonable, timely. -कः 1 A crane. -2 A heron. -का 1 Blackness, black colour. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 Price of an article to be paid by instalments. -4 Periodical interest paid at stated times. -5 A multitude of clouds, a dark cloud threatening rain; कुतस्त्रपा नश्यति न त्वदाननक्षपाकरादर्शनकारिकालिका Rām. Ch.2.55; कालिकेव निबिडा बलाकिनी R.11.15. 6- Flaw (alloy &c.) in gold. -7 The liver. -8 A female crow. -9 A scorpion. -1 A spirituous liquor. -11 N. of Durgā; व्यभाव्यत प्रलयजकालिकाकृतिः Śi.17.44. -12 A particular bloodvessel in the ear. -13 A line of hair extending from the pudenda to the navel. -14 A small singing bird. -15 A kind of fragrant earth. -16 A girl four years old personating Durgā at a festival. -17 N. of a Yoginī. -18 A kind of vegetable. -19 A kind of cucumber. -2 The Indian spikenard. -21 Mist. -22 An oil-woman. -कम् 1 Black sandal wood. -2 Hostility.
kāvṛkaḥ कावृकः 1 A cock. -2 The Chakravāka bird; 'कावृकः कृवाकौ स्यात्पीतमस्तककोकयोः Medinī.
kiṃśāruḥ किंशारुः 1 The beard of corn. -2 A heron. -3 An arrow. किंशारुर्वा सस्यशूके विशिखे कङ्कपक्षिणि Medinī.
khaṇḍa खण्ड a. [खण्ड्-घञ्] 1 Broken, divided, torn asunder; ˚देवकुलम् Pt.2 a temple in ruins. -2 Having chasms, gaps or breaks. -3 Defective, deficient. -ण़्डः, -ण्डम् 1 A break, chasm, gap, fissure, fracture. -2 A piece, part, fragment, portion; दिवः कान्तिमत्खण्डमेकम् Me.3; काष्ठ˚, मांस˚ &c. -3 A section of a work, chapter. -4 A multitude, an assemblage, group; छित्त्वा कर्पूरखण्डान्वृतिमिह कुरुते कोद्रवाणां समन्तात् Bh.2.1; तरुखण्डस्य K.23; Māl.5.23, 8.1. -5 A term in an equation. -6 A continent. -ण्डः 1 Candied sugar. -2 A flaw in a jewel. -ण्डम् 1 A kind of salt. -2 A sort of sugar-cane. (In comp. -खण्ड means 'partial', 'incomplete'). -Comp. -अभ्रम् 1 scattered clouds. -2 the impression of the teeth in amorous sports; खण्डाभ्रमभ्रवेशे स्यात् तथा दन्तक्षतान्तरे Medinī. -आलिः 1 a measure of oil. -2 a pond or lake. -3 a woman whose husband has been guilty of infidelity. -इन्दुः the crescent moon. ˚मण्डनः the god Śiva; खण्डे- न्दुमण्डनाचार्यां मण्डनत्वमखण्डितम् Rāj. T. 1.28. -कथा a short tale. -कर्णः 1 a kind of bulbous plant. -2 sweet potato. -काव्यम् a small poem, such as the मेघदूत; it is thus defined : खण्डकाव्यं भवेत् काव्यस्यैकदेशानुसारि च S. D. 564. -जः a kind of sugar. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -धारा scissors. -परशुः 1 an epithet of Śiva. महश्वर्यं लीलाजनितजगतः खण्डपरशोः G. L.1; येनानेन जगत्सु खण्डपरशुर्देवो हरः ख्याप्यते Mv.2.33. -2 an epithet of Parasurāma, son of Jamadagni. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 of Parasurāma. -3 of Rāhu. -4 an elephant with a broken tusk. -पालः a confectioner. -प्रलयः 1 a partial destruction of the universe in which all the spheres beneath Svarga are dissolved in one common ruin. -2 a quarrel. -फलम् canned fruit; Gaṇeśa. P.1.147-57. -मण्डल a. gibbous, not full or round. (-लम्) the segment of a circle. -मोदकः a kind of sugar. -लवणम् a kind of salt. -विकारः sugar. -शर्करा candied sugar; दधिमण्डोदका दिव्याः खण्डशर्करवालुकाः Mb. 12.284.44. -शीला a loose woman, an unchaste wife.
garbhaḥ गर्भः [गॄ-भन् Uṇ.3.152] 1 The womb, the belly; गर्भेषु वसतिः Pt.1; पुनर्गर्भे च संभवम् Ms.6.63. -2 A fœtus, embryo; act of conception, pregnancy; conception; नरपतिकुलभूत्यै गर्भमाधत्त राज्ञी P.2.75; गर्भो$भवद्भूधरराज- पत्न्याः Ku.1.19; गर्भं वहति Pt.1.3 bears a child in the womb. -3 The time of conception; गर्भाष्टमे$ब्दे कुर्वित ब्राह्मणस्योपनायनम् Ms.2.36. -4 The child (in the womb); Ś.6; ततः कुमारं सुरगर्भकल्पम् Bu. Ch.2.19; cf. 'गर्भो भ्रूणे$- र्भके कुक्षौ' Medinī. -5 A child, brood or offspring of birds. -6 The inside, middle, or interior of anything (in comp. in this sense and translated by 'full of', 'filled with', 'containing' &c); हिमगर्भैर्मयूखैः Ś.3.4; शुक˚ कोटर 1.14;7.7; ˚पत्रम् U.3.5. inwardly situated; अग्निगर्भां शमीमिव Ś.4.4; R.3.9;5.17;9.55; Śi.9.62; Māl.3.12; Mu.1.12. -7 The offspring of the sky, i. e. the vapours and fogs drawn upwards by the rays of the sun during 8 months and sent down again in the rainy season; cf. Ms.9.35; नवमासधृतं गर्भं भास्करस्य गभस्तिभिः Rām.4.28.3. -8 An inner apartment, a lying-in-chamber. -9 Any interior chamber. -1 A hole. -11 Fire. -12 Food. -13 The rough coat of the jack-fruit (पनसकण्टक). -14 the bed of a river, especially of the Ganges on the fourteenth day of the dark half of Bhādrapada or in the very height of the rains when the river is fullest. -15 The fruit (of plants). -16 Joining, union. -17 The calyx of the lotus. -18 (In dramas) One of the Sandhis q. v. -Comp. -अङ्कः (also गर्भे$ङ्कः) an interlude during an act, as the scene of the birth of Kuśa and Lava in U.7, or the सीतास्वयंवर in Bālarāmāyaṇa. The S. D. thus defines it :-- अङ्कोदर- प्रविष्टो यो रङ्गद्वारामुखादिमान् । अङ्को$परः स गर्भाङ्कः सबीजः फलवानपि ॥ 279. -अवक्रान्तिः f. descent of the soul into the womb. -अवटः see गर्भभाजनम्. -अष्टमः 1 the eighth month from conception. -2 the eighth year from conception. -अस्पन्दनम् non-quickening of the fœtus. -आगारम् 1 uterus. -2 an inner and private room, the female apartments. -3 a lying-in-chamber. -4 the body or sanctuary of a temple, the chamber where the image of a deity is placed; एकैव देवं द्रष्टुं च गर्भागारमथाविशत् Ks.7.71. -आधानम् 1 impregnation; गर्भाधानक्षणपरिच- यान्नूनमाबद्धमालाः (बलाकाः) Me.9. -2 one of the Saṁskāras or purificatory ceremonies performed after menstruation to ensure or facilitate conception; (this ceremony legalizes in a religious sense the consummation of marriage); Y.1.11. -आशयः the uterus, the womb. -आस्रावः mis-carriage, abortion. -ईश्वरः one born rich (cf. 'born in the purple'); a sovereign or rich man by birth. ˚ता sovereignty attained by inheritance; प्राप्तैश्वर्यो भवेन्मूढो गर्भेश्वरतयान्यथा Rāj. T.5.199. -उत्पत्तिः f. the formation of the embryo. -उपघातः miscarriage of the embryo (applied to the sky); Bṛi. S.21.25. -उपघातिनी a cow or female miscarrying from unseasonable gestation. -उपपत्तिः f. formation of the embryo. -कर, -कार a. impregnating, procreative. -कालः 1 time of impregnation. -2 the time when the vapour collected in the air shows the first signs of life. -कोशः, -षः uterus. -क्लेशः pains caused by the embryo, the throes of parturition or childbirth. -क्षयः miscarriage. -गृहम्, -भवनम्, -वेश्मन् n. 1 an inner apartment, the body of a house; Mb.5.118.19; R.19.42. -2 a lying-in-chamber. -3 the sanctuary or body of a temple; निर्गत्य गर्भभवनात् Māl.1. -ग्रहणम् impregnation, conception. -ग्राहिका a midwife; Ks.34. -घातिन् a. causing abortion. -चलनम् quickening, motion of the fœtus in the uterus. -चेटः a servant by birth; नर्मभिर्गर्भचेटानां द्वास्थानां विक्रियाक्रमैः Rāj. T.3.153. -च्युत a. 1 fallen from the womb (as a child). -2 miscarrying. -च्युतिः f. 1 birth; delivery. -2 miscarriage. -दासः, -सी a slave by birth; (often used as a term of abuse or reproach.); यथा गर्भदासः कर्मार्थ एव स्वामिनो$नड्वाँश्च क्रीयते । ŚB. on MS.3.1.2. -दिवसाः certain days on which the vapours collected in the air show signs of life; Bṛi.21.5. -द्रुह् a. (nom. sing. ˚ध्रुक्-ड्) causing abortion. -धम् Ved. semen virile. -धरा pregnant. -धारणम्, -धारणा gestation, impregnation. -धिः Ved. 1 a breeding place, a nest; कपोत इव गर्भधिम् Rv.1.3.4. -2 cohabitation. -ध्वंसः abortion. -नाडी the umbilical cord. -नुद् a. causing abortion. -न्यासः 1 laying the foundation. -2 the foundations. -परिस्रवः secundines or fœtal membranes collectively. -पाकिन् m. rice ripening in sixty days. -पातः miscarriage after the fourth month of pregnancy. -पोषणम्, -भर्मन् n. nourishment of the fœtus, gestation; अनुष्ठिते भिषग्भिराप्तैरथ गर्भभर्मणि R.3.12. -भाजनम् the foundation pit, the excavation. -मण्डपः an inner apartment, a bed-chamber. -मासः month of pregnancy. -मोचनम् delivery, birth. -योपा a pregnant woman; (fig.) the Ganges overflowing its banks. -रक्षणम् protecting the fœtus. -रन्धिः complete cooking; स्थाल्य- ग्नितापात्पयसो$मितापस्तत्तापतस्तण्डुलगर्भरन्धिः Bhāg.5.1.22. -रूप a. childish, youthful, juvenile. -रूपः, -रूपकः a child, an infant, a youth. -लक्षण a. observing the signs of the rainy season. (-णम्) a symptom of pregnancy. -लम्भनम् a ceremony performed for the sake of facilitating and developing pregnancy. -वसतिः f., -वासः 1 the womb; असकृद्गर्भवासेषु वासं जन्म च दारुणम् Ms.12.78. -2 being in the womb. -विच्युतिः f. abortion in the beginning of pregnancy. -विपत्तिः death of the fœtus. -वेदना throes of child-birth. -व्याकरणम् the formation of the embryo. -शङ्कुः a kind of instrument for extracting the dead fœtus. -शय्या the abode of the fœtus or uterus. -संभवः, -संभूतिः f. becoming pregnant; वर्षद्वयं प्रविष्टस्य वर्तत$न्तःपुरे$त्र मे । तदेषा गर्भसंभूतिः कुतः संप्रति कथ्यताम् Ks.5.61. -संभवा a kind of cardamoms (Mar. एलची). -स्थ a. 1 situated in the womb. -2 interior, internal. -स्रावः abortion, miscarriage; वरं गर्भस्रावः Pt.1; Y.3.2; Ms.5.66.
gṛñjanaḥ गृञ्जनः 1 A small red variety of garlic or onion (prohibited as food for द्विज); लशुनं गृञ्जनं चैव पलाण्डुं कवकानि च । अभक्ष्याणि द्विजातीनाममेध्यप्रभवाणि च ॥ Ms.5.5; Y.1.176. -2 A turnip. -3 The tops of hemp chewed to produce intoxication, the Gānjā. -नम् The meat of an animal destroyed by poisoned arrow; 'अथ गृञ्जनं विषदिग्धपशोर्मांसे' Medinī. । Mb.13.9.39.
ghaṭaḥ घटः [घट-अच्] 1 A large earthen water-jar, pitcher, jar, watering-pot; आकाशमेकं हि यथा घटादिषु पृथग्भवेत् Y. 3.144; कूपे पश्य पयोनिधावपि घटो गृह्णाति तुल्यं जलम् Bh.2.49. -2 The sign Aquarius of the zodiac (also called कुम्भ). -3 An elephant's frontal sinus. -4 Suspending the breath as a religious exercise. -5 A measure equal to 2 droṇas. -6 A part of a column; स्तम्भं विभज्य नवधा वहनं भागो घटो$स्य भागो$न्यः Bṛi. S.53.29. -7 A border. -8 A peculiar form of a temple; Bṛi. S.56.18,26. -9 The head; 'घटः समाधिभेदे ना शिरः कूटकटेषु च' Medinī; Mb.1.155.38. -Comp. -आटोपः covering for a carriage or any article of furniture. -उदरः N. of Gaṇeśa; घटोदरः शूर्पकर्णो गणाध्यक्षो मदोत्कटः Ks.55.165. -उद्भवः, -जः, -योनिः, -संभवः epithets of the sage Agastya. -ऊधस् f. (forming घटोध्नी) a cow with a full udder; गाः कोटिशः स्पर्शयता घटोध्नीः R.2.49. -कञ्चुकि n. a rite practised by Tāntrikas and Śāktas (in which the bodices of different women are placed in a receptacle (घट) and the men present at the ceremony are allowed to take them out one by one and then cohabit with the woman to whom each bodice belongs); Āgamapr. -कर्परः 1 N. of a poet. -2 a piece of a broken jar, pot-sherd; जीयेय येन कविना यमकैः परेण तस्मै वहेयमुदकं घट- कर्परेण Ghāṭ.22. -कारः, -कृत् m. a potter; Bṛi. S.15. 1;16.29. -ग्रहः a water-bearer. -दासी a procuress; cf. कुम्भदासी. -पर्यसनम् the ceremony of performing the funeral rites of a patita or apostate (who is unwilling to go back to his caste &c.) during his very life-time. -भवः, -योनिः Agastya. -भेदनकम् an instrument used in making pots. -राजः a water-jar of baked clay. -स्थापनम् placing a water-pot as a type of Durgā for nine days (नवरात्रम्).
cakram चक्रम् [क्रियते अनेन, कृ घञर्थे< क नि˚ द्वित्वम् Tv.] 1 The wheel of a carriage; चक्रवत्परिवर्तन्ते दुःखानि च सुखानि च H.1.173. -2 A potter's wheel. -3 A sharp circular missile, weapon, a disc (especially applied to the weapon of Viṣṇu). -4 An oil-mill; दशसूनासमं चक्रं दशचक्रसमो ध्वजः Mb.13.125.9. -5 A circle, ring; कलाप- चक्रेषु निवेशिताननम् Ṛs.2.14. -6 A troop, multitude, collection, Śi.2.17. -7 A realm, sovereignty; स्वस्थं स्वचक्रं परचक्रमुक्तम् Bu. Ch.2.15; cf. चक्रं सैन्यथाङ्गयोः । राष्ट्रे दम्भान्तरे ... । Medinī. -8 A province, district, a group of villages. -9 A form of military array in a circle. -1 A circle or depression of the body. -11 A cycle, cycle of years. -12 The horizon; यावदावर्तते चक्रं तावती मे वसुन्धरा Rām.2.1.36. -13 An army, a host. -14 Section of a book. -15 A whirlpool. -16 The winding of a river. -17 An astronomical circle; राशि˚ the zodiac. -18 Circular flight (of birds &c.). -19 A particular constellation in the form of a hexagon. -2 Range, department in general. -21 The convolutions or spiral marks of the शालिग्राम. -22 A crooked or fraudulent contrivance. -क्रः 1 The ruddy goose (also called चक्रवाक); पद्मोल्लासविधायिनि सत्पथदीप्तिकृति चक्रभव्यकरे Viś. Guṇā.274. -2 A multitude, troop, group. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a gander having a curved neck. -2 a carriage. _x001F_+-3 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक); चक्राङ्गान् स च नित्यं वै सर्वतो वनगोच- रान् Mb.12.268.36. (-ङ्गी) a goose. (-ङ्गम्) a parasol. -अटः 1 a juggler, snake-catcher. -2 a rogue, knave, cheat. -3 a particular coin, a dināra. -अधिवासिन् m. the orange tree. -अरः, (-रम्) the spoke of a wheel; चक्रारपङ्क्तिरिव गच्छति भाग्यपङ्क्तिः । Svapna.1.4. -अश्मन् n. a machine to hurl stones at a distance; अयःकणपचक्राश्म- भुशुण्ड्युद्यतबाहवः Mb.1.227.25. -आकार, -आकृति a. circular, round. -आयुधः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -आवर्तः whirling or rotatory motion. -आह्वः, -आह्वयः the ruddy goose; -ईश्वरः 1 'lord of the discus', N. of Viṣṇu. -2 the officer in charge of a district. -ईश्वरी N. of the Jaina goddess of learning. -उपजीविन् m. an oil-man. -कारकम् 1 a nail. -2 a kind of perfume. -गजः the plant Cassia Tora. -गण्डुः a round pillow. -गतिः f. rotation, revolution. -गुच्छः the Aśoka tree. -ग्रहणम्, -णी f. a rampart, an entrenchment. -चक्रम् A flock of चक्रवाक birds; अस्ताद्रिपद्मा- करचक्रचक्रे तत्कालविज्ञातपतङ्गपाते । सद्यो दिदीपे विरहानलः ...... । Rām. Ch.6.19. -चर a. moving in a circle; (-रः) a juggler. -चारिन् m. a chariot. -चूडामणिः a round jewel in a coronet or diadem. -जीवकः, -जीविन् m. a potter. -तीर्थम् N. of a holy place. -तुण्डः a kind of fish; रोहितांश्चक्रतुण्डांश्च नलमीनांश्च राघव Rām.3.73.14. -दंष्ट्रः a hog. -घनः a thunder cloud. -धर a. 1 bearing or having a wheel. -2 carrying a discus. -3 driving in a carriage. (-रः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; चक्रघरप्रभावः R. 16.55. -2 a sovereign, governor or ruler of a province; वृद्धानां भारतप्तानां स्त्रीणां चक्रधरस्य च Mb.13.162.38. -3 a village tumbler or juggler. -4 a snake; भवेच्चक्रधरो विष्णौ भुजङ्गे ग्रामजालिनि Viśvalochana. -धारा the periphery of a wheel. -नदी the Gaṇḍakī river. -नाभिः the nave of a wheel. -नामन् m. 1 the ruddy goose (चक्रवाक). -2 a pyritic ore of iron. -नायकः 1 the leader of a troop. -2 a kind of perfume. -नेमिः f. the periphery or circumference of a wheel; नीचैर्गच्छत्युपरि च दशा चक्रनेमिक्रमेण Me.19. -पाणिः an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bg.11.49. -पादः, -पादकः 1 a carriage. -2 an elephant. -पालः 1 the governor of a province. -2 an officer in charge of a division of an army. -3 horizon. -4 a circle. -5 one who carries a discus. -फलम् a kind of discus. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः the sun. -बालः, -डः, -वालः, -लम्, -डम् 1 a ring, circle. -2 a collection, group, multitude, mass; कैरव- चक्रवालम् Bh.2.74; प्रकटयसि कुमुच्चैरर्चिषां चक्रवालं Rati.4.16; Mv.6.4; Mu.3.21.; K.126,178. -3 horizon. (-लः) 1 a mythical range of mountains supposed to encircle the orb of the earth like a wall and to be the limit of light and darkness. -2 the ruddy goose. -बालधिः a dog. -भृत् m. 1 one who holds a discus. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -भेदिनी night. -भ्रमः, -भ्रमिः f. a lathe or grindstone; आरोप्य चक्रभ्रमिमुष्णतेजास्त्वष्ट्रेव यत्नोल्लिखितो विभाति R.6. 32; चक्रभ्रमीवद्धृतशरीरः Sāṅ. K.67. -भ्रान्तिः f. revolution of wheels; V.1.5. -मण्डलिन् m. a species of cobra. -मुखः a hog. -मुषलः a battle carried on with the discus and club. -यानम् a wheel-carriage. -रदः a hog. -वर्तिन् m. 1 an emperor, universal monarch, sovereign of the world, a ruler whose dominions extend as far as the ocean (आसमुद्रक्षितीश Ak.); पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12; तव तन्वि कुचावेतौ नियतं चक्रवर्तिनौ । आसमुद्रक्षितीशो$पि भवान् यत्र करप्रदः ॥ Udb. (where there is a pun on the word चक्रवर्तिन्, the other meaning being 'resembling in shape the ruddy goose', 'round'); -2 (hence) head, foremost; आपद्गतः किल महाशयचक्रवर्ती विस्तारयत्यकृतपूर्वमुदार- भावम् Bv.1.7; कवयस्तर्कयाञ्चक्रुरित्थं ते चक्रवर्तिनः Parṇal.5.38. -3 a kind of horse having one or three curls on the shoulder; स्कन्धपार्श्वे यदावर्त एको वा यदि वा त्रयः । चक्रवर्ती स विज्ञेयो वाजी भूपालमन्दिरे ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वर्मन् m. N. of a king of Kashmir; चक्रवर्माभिधं राज्ये क्षीणपुण्यो व्यपद्यत Rāj. T.5.287. -वाकः 1 (-की f.) the ruddy goose; दूरी- भूते मयि सहचरे चक्रवाकीमिवैकाम् Me.83. ˚बन्धुः the sun. -2 a kind of horse, having white feet and white eyes; श्वेताभः श्वेतपादश्च तथा स्यात् श्वेतलोचनः । चक्रवाकः स विज्ञेयो राजार्हो वाजि सत्तमः ॥ Śālihotra of Bhoj. -वाटः 1 a limit, boundary. -2 a lamp-stand. -3 engaging in an action. -वातः a whirlwind, hurricane; चक्रवातस्वरूपेण जहारासीनमर्भकम् Bhāg.1. 7.2. -वृद्धिः f. 1. interest upon interest, compound interest; Ms.8.153,156. -2 wages for transporting goods in a carriage. -व्यूहः a circular array of troops. -संज्ञम् tin. (-ज्ञः) the ruddy goose. -साह्वयः the ruddy goose. -हस्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
camaraḥ चमरः [चम्-अरच् Uṇ.3.31] A kind of deer. -रः, -रम् A chowrie most usually made of the tail of Chamara. -री 1 A shoot, sprout (मञ्जरी). -2 The female Chamara; यस्यार्थयुक्तं गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजने- श्चमर्यः Ku.1.13,48; Śi.4.6; Me.53; केशेषु चमरीं हन्ति सीम्नि पुष्करको हतः Udb.; cf. चमरं चामरे स्त्री तु मञ्जरीमृग- भेदयोः Medinī. -Comp. -पुच्छम् the tail of Chamara used as a fan. (-च्छः) a squirrel.
ciṭī चिटी f. A Yoginī disguised as a Chāṇḍālī.
challiḥ छल्लिः ल्ली f. [छद्-क्विप् तां लाति ला-क गौरा˚ ङीष्] 1 Bark, rind. -2 A spreading creeper. -3 Offspring, progeny, posterity; छल्ली वीरुधि सन्ताने वल्कले कुसुमान्तरे Medinī.
jananī जननी [जन्-णिच् अनि ङीप्] 1 A mother. -2 Mercy, tenderness, compassion; जननी तु दयामात्रोः Medinī; न संररञ्जे विषमं जनन्याम् Bu. Ch.2.34. -3 A bat. -4 Lac.
jala जल a. [जल् अच् डस्य लो वा] 1 Dull, cold, frigid = जड q. v. -2 Stupid, idiotic. -लम् 1 Water; तातस्य कूपो$- यमिति ब्रुवाणाः क्षारं जलं कापुरुषाः पिबन्ति । Pt.1.322. -2 A kind of fragrant medicinal plant or perfume (ह्रीवेर). -3 The embryo or uterus of a cow. -5 The constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -Comp. -अञ्चलम् 1 a spring. -2 a natural water-course. -3 moss. -अञ्जलिः 1 a handful of water. -2 a libation of water presented to the manes of a deceased person; कुपुत्रमासाद्य कुतो जलाञ्जलिः Chāṇ 69; मानस्यापि जलाञ्जलिः सरभसं लोके न दत्तो यथा Amaru. 97 (where, जलाञ्जलिं दा means 'to leave or give up'). -अटनः a heron. -अटनी a leech. -अणुकम्, -अण्डकम् the fry of fish. -अण्टकः a shark. -अत्ययः autumn (शरद्); पृष्ठतो$नुप्रयातानि मेघानिव जलात्यये Rām.2.45.22. -अधिदैवतः, -तम् an epithet of Varuṇa. (-तम्) the constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -अधिपः an epithet of Varuṇa. -अम्बिका a well. -अर्कः the image of the sun reflected in water. -अर्णवः 1 the rainy season. -2 the ocean of sweet water. -अर्थिन् a. thirsty. -अवतारः a landing-place at a river-side. -अष्ठीला a large square pond. -असुका a leech. -आकरः a spring, fountain, well. -आकाङ्क्षः, -काङ्क्षः, -काङ्क्षिन् m. an elephant. -आखुः an otter. -आगमः rain; तपति प्रावृषि सुतरामभ्यर्ण- जलागमो दिवसः Ratn.3.1. -आढ्य a. watery, marshy. -आत्मिका a leech. -आधारः a pond, lake, reservoir of water. -आयुका a leech. -आर्द्र a. wet. (-र्द्रम्) wet garment or clothes. (-र्द्रा) a fan wetted with water. -आलोका a leech. -आवर्तः eddy, whirl-pool. -आशय a. 1 resting or lying in water. -2 stupid, dull, apathetic. (-यः) 1 a pond, lake, reservoir. -2 a fish. -3 the ocean. -4 the fragrant root of a plant (उशीर). -आश्रयः 1 a pond. -2 water-house. -आह्वयम् a lotus. -इन्द्रः 1 an epithet of Varuṇa. -2 N. of Mahādeva. -3 the ocean; जलेन्द्रः पुंसि वरुणे जम्भले च महोदधौ Medinī. -इन्धनः the submarine fire. -इभः a water-elephant. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Varuṇa; भीमोद्भवां प्रति नले च जलेश्वरे च N. -2 the ocean. -उच्छ्वासः 1 a channel made for carrying off excess of water, drain, (cf. परीवाह). -2 overflow of a river. -उदरम् dropsy. -उद्भव a. aquatic. (-वा) benzoin. -उरगा, -ओकस् m., -ओकसः a leech. -कण्टकः a crocodile. -कपिः the Gangetic porpoise. -कपोतः a water-pigeon. -कर a. making or pouring forth water. (-रः) tax for water. -करङ्कः 1 a shell. -2 a cocoa-nut. -3 a cloud. -4 a wave. -5 a lotus. -कल्कः mud. -कल्मषः the poison produced at the churning of the ocean; तस्यापि दर्शयामास स्ववीर्यं जलकल्मषः Bhāg.8. 7.44. -काकः the diver-bird. -कान्तः the wind. -कान्तारः an epithet of Varuṇa. -किराटः a shark. -कुक्कुटः a water-fowl; जलकुक्कुटकोयष्टिदात्यूहकुलकूजितम् Bhāg.8.2.16. (-टी) the black-headed gull. -कुन्तलः, -कोशः moss. -कूपी 1 a spring, well. -2 a pond. -3 a whirlpool; जलकूपी कूपगर्ते पुष्करिण्यां च योषिति Medinī. -कूर्मः the porpoise. -कृत् a. Causing rain; दिवसकृतः प्रतिसूर्यो जलकृत् (मेघः) Bṛi. S. -केलिः, m. or f., -क्रीडा playing in water, splashing one another with water. -केशः moss. -क्रिया presenting libations of water to the manes of the deceased. -गुल्मः 1 a turtle. -2 a quadrangular tank. -3 a whirlpool. -चर a. (also जलेचर) aquatic. (-रः) 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish. -3 any kind of water-fowl. ˚आजीवः, ˚जीवः a fisherman. -चत्वरम् a square tank. -चारिन् m. 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish. -ज a. born or produced in water. (-जः) 1 an aquatic animal. -2 a fish; स्वयमेव हतः पित्रा जलजेनात्मजो यथा Rām.2.61.22. -3 sea-salt. -4 a collective name for several signs of the zodiac. -5 moss. -6 the moon. (-जः, जम्) 1 a shell. -2 the conch-shell; अधरोष्ठे निवेश्य दघ्मौ जलजं कुमारः R.7. 63,1.6; इत्यादिश्य हृषीकेशः प्रध्माय जलजोत्तमम् Bhāg.8.4. 26. -3 (-जः) The Kaustubha gem; जलजः कौस्तुभे मीने तत् क्लीबे शङ्खपद्मयोः । Nm. (जः) -4 A kind of horse born in water; वाजिनो जलजाः केचिद् वह्निजातास्तथापरे । शालिहोत्र of भोज, Appendix II,12. (-जम्) a lotus. ˚आजीवः a fisherman. ˚आसनः an epithet of Brahmā; वाचस्पतिरुवाचेदं प्राञ्जलिर्जलजासनम् Ku.2.3. ˚कुसुमम् the lotus. ˚द्रव्यम् a pearl, shell or any other thing produced from the sea. -जन्तुः 1 a fish, -2 any aquatic animal. -जन्तुका a leech. -जन्मन् a lotus. -जिह्वः a crocodile. -जीविन् m. a fisherman. -डिम्बः a bivalve shell. -तरङ्गः 1 a wave. -2 a metal cup filled with water producing harmonic notes like a musical glass. -ताडनम् (lit.) 'beating water'; (fig.) any useless occupation. -तापिकः, -तापिन्, -तालः The Hilsa fish; L. D. B. -त्रा an umbrella. -त्रासः hydrophobia. -दः 1 a cloud; जायन्ते विरला लोके जलदा इव सज्जनाः Pt.1.29. -2 camphor. ˚अशनः the Śāla tree. -आगमः the rainy season; सरस्तदा मानसं तु ववृधे जलदागमे Rām.7.12.26. ˚आभ a. black, dark. ˚कालः the rainy season. ˚क्षयः autumn. -दर्दुरः a kind of musical instrument. -देवः the constellation पूर्वाषाढा. -देवता a naiad, water-nymph. -द्रोणी a bucket. -द्वारम् A gutter, a drain, Māna.31.99. -धरः 1 a cloud. -2 the ocean. -धारा a stream of water. -धिः 1 the ocean. -2 a hundred billions. -3 the number 'four'. ˚गा a river. ˚जः the moon. ˚जा Lakṣmī, the goddess of wealth. ˚रशना the earth. -नकुलः an otter. -नरः a merman. -नाडी, -ली a water-course. -निधिः 1 the ocean. -2 the number 'four'. -निर्गमः 1 a drain, water-course. -2 a water-fall, descent of a spring &c. into a river below. -नीलिः moss. -पक्षिन् m. a water-fowl. -पटलम् a cloud. -पतिः 1 the ocean. -2 an epithet of Varuṇa. -पथः a sea voyage; R.17.81. -पद्धतिः f. a gutter, drain. -पात्रम् 'a water-pot', drinking-vessel. -पारावतः a water-pigeon. -पित्तम् fire. -पुष्पम् an aquatic flower. -पूरः 1 a flood of water. -2 a full stream of water. -पृष्ठजा moss. -प्रदानम् presenting libations of water to the manes of the deceased. -प्रपातः 1 a water-fall. -2 rainy season; शरत्प्रतीक्षः क्षमतामिमं भवाञ्जलप्रपातं रिपुनिग्रहे धृतः Rām.4.27.47. -प्रलयः destruction by water. -प्रान्तः the bank of a river. -प्रायम् a country abounding with water; जलप्रायमनूपं स्यात् Ak. -प्रियः 1 the Chātaka bird. -2 a fish. (-या) an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī. -प्लवः an otter. -प्लावनम् a deluge, an inundation. -बन्धः, बन्धकः a dam, dike, rocks or stones impeding a current. -बन्धुः a fish. -बालकः, -वालकः the Vindhya mountain. -बालिका lightning. -बिडालः an otter. -बिम्बः, -म्बम् a bubble. -बिल्वः 1 a (quadrangular) pond, lake. -2 a tortoise. -3 a crab. -भीतिः f. hydrophobia. -भू a. produced in water. -भूः m. 1 a cloud. -2 a place for holding water. -3 a kind of camphor. -भूषणः wind. -भृत् m. 1 a cloud. -2 a jar. -3 camphor. -मक्षिका a water-insect. -मण़्डूकम् a kind of musical instrument; (= जलदर्दुर). -मद्गुः a king-fisher. -मसिः 1 a cloud. -2 camphor. -मार्गः a drain, canal. -मार्जारः an otter. -मुच् m. 1 a cloud; Me.69. -2 a kind of camphor. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूर्तिका hail. -मोदम् a fragrant root (उशीर). -यन्त्रम् 1 a machine for raising water (Mar. रहाट). -2 a waterclock, clepsydra. -3 a fountain. ˚गृहम्, ˚निकेतनम्, ˚मन्दिरम् a house erected in the midst of water (a summerhouse) or one supplied with artificial fountains; क्वचिद् विचित्रं जलयन्त्रमन्दिरम् Ṛs.1.2. -यात्रा a sea-voyage. -यानम् a ship. -रङ्कुः a kind of gallinule. -रण्डः, रुण्डः 1 a whirlpool. -2 a drop of water, drizzle, thin sprinkling. -3 a snake. -रसः sea-salt. -राशिः the ocean. -रुह्, -हम् a lotus. -रूपः a crocodile. -लता a wave, billow. -वरण्टः a watery pustule. -वाद्यम् a kind of musical instrument. -वायसः a diver-bird. -वासः residence in water. (-सम्) = उशीर q. v. -वाहः 1 a cloud; साद्रिजलधिजलवाहपथम् Ki.12.21. -2 a waterbearer. -3 a kind of camphor. -वाहकः, -नः a watercarrier. -वाहनी an aqueduct. -विषुवम् the autumnal equinox. -वृश्चिकः a prawn. -वैकृतम् any change in the waters of rivers indicating a bad omen. -व्यधः A kind of fish; L. D. B. -व्यालः 1 a water-snake. -2 a marine monster. -शयः, -शयनः, -शायिन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu; -शय्या lying in water (a kind of religious rite); द्वादशं हि गतं वर्षं जलशय्यां समासतः Rām.7. 76.17. -शर्करा A hailstone; तीव्रैर्मरुद्गणैर्नुन्ना ववृषुर्जलशर्कराः Bhāg.1.25.9. -शुक्तिः f. a bivalve shell. -शुचि a. bathed, washed. -शूकम् moss. -शूकरः a crocodile. -शोषः drought. -समुद्रः the ocean of fresh water. -संपर्कः mixture or dilution with water. -सर्पिणी a leech. -सूचिः f. 1 the Gangetic porpoise. -2 a kind of fish. -3 a crow. -4 a water-nut. -5 a leech. -स्थानम्, -स्थायः a pond, lake, reservoir; कदचित्तं जलस्थायं मत्स्य- बन्धाः समन्ततः Rām.12.137.5. -स्रावः A kind of eyedisease. -हम् a small water-house (rather summerhouse) furnished with artificial fountains. -हस्तिन् m. a water-elephant. -हारिणी a drain. -हासः 1 foam. -2 cuttle-fish-bone considered as the foam of the sea.
taraṇi तरणि a. [तॄ-अनि] Ved. 1 Passing through, pervading (as the sun). -2 Quick, energetic, unremitting; विपश्चितं तरणिं भ्राजमानम् Av.13.2.4. -3 Saving, carrying over, benevolent. -णिः 1 The sun; 'तरणिर्द्युमणौ पुंसि कुमारीनौकयोः स्त्रियाम् Medinī. -2 A ray of light. -3 The Arka plant. -4 Copper. -णिः, -णी f. A raft, boat. -Comp. -तनया the river Yamunā; परिश्रान्तस्यायं तरणि- तनयातीरनिलयः Bv.4.7. -धन्यः an epithet of Śiva. -पेटकः an oval bowl of wood for baling a boat. -रत्नम् a ruby. तरण्डः taraṇḍḥ ण्डा ṇḍā ण्डी ṇḍī ण्डम् ṇḍam तरण्डः ण्डा ण्डी ण्डम् [तॄ-अण्डच्] A boat. -ण्डः, -ण्डम् 1 A raft or float made of bamboos tied together and floated on jars or inverted hollow gourds. -2 The float of a fishing-line. -3 An oar. -Comp. -पादा a kind of boat.
toyam तोयम् 1 Water; Ś.7.12. -2 The constellation पूर्वाषाढा or its regent. -Comp. -अग्निः submarine fire; Mb.12. -अञ्जलिः see तोयकर्मन्. -अधिवासिनी trumpetflower. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. -आधारः, -आशयः a lake, well, any reservoir of water; तोयाधार- पथाश्च वल्कलशिखानिष्यन्दरेखाङ्किताः Ś.1.14. -आलयः the ocean, sea. -ईशः 'lord of waters', an epithet of Varuṇa. (-शम्) the constellation called पूर्वाषाढा. -उत्सर्गः discharge of water, raining; तोयोत्सर्गस्तनितमुखरो मा च भूर्विक्लवास्ताः Me.39. -कर्मन् n. 1 ablutions of various parts of the body performed with water. -2 libations of water to the deceased; तोयकर्मणि तं कुन्ती कथयामास सूर्यजम् Mb.12.1.22. -काम a. 1 fond of water. -2 thirsty. (-मः) a sort of crane. -कृच्छ्रः, -च्छ्रम् a kind of penance, drinking nothing but water for a fixed period. -क्रीडा sporting in water; Me.35. -गर्भः the cocoanut. -चरः an aquatic animal. -डिम्बः, -डिम्भः hail. -दः a cloud; R.6.65; V.1.14. ˚अत्ययः the autumn. -दम् ghee; 'तोयदो मुस्तके मेघे पुमानाज्ये नपुंसकम्' Medinī. -धरः a cloud. -धारः 1 a cloud. -2 raining. -धिः, -निधिः 1 the ocean. -2 the number 'four'. ˚प्रियम् cloves. -नीवी the earth. -पाषाणजमलम् oxide of zinc. -पुष्पी, -प्रष्ठा trumpet-flower. -प्रसादनम् the clearingnut tree or its nut, see अम्बुप्रसादन or कतक. -मलम् seafoam. -मुच् m. a cloud. -यन्त्रम् 1 a water-clock. -2 an artificial jet or fountain of water. -रसः moisture. -राज् m. 1 the ocean. -2Varuṇa, the regent of waters. -राशिः 1 the ocean. -2 a pond, lake, Rām.2. -वेला the edge of water, shore. -व्यतिकरः confluence (as of rivers); तीर्थे तोयव्यतिकरभवे जह्नुकन्यासरय्वोः R.8.95. -शुक्तिका an oyster. -सर्पिका, -सूचकः a frog.
dasra दस्र a. [दस्यति पांसून् दस्-रक्] Savage, fierce, destructive. -स्रौ m. (du.) 1 The two Asvins, the physicians of the gods; Mb.1.3.58; Bṛi. Up.2.5.17. -2 The number 'two.' -स्रः 1 An ass. -2 A robber. -स्रम् 1 The cold season. -2 The lunar mansion Aśvinī. -Comp. -देवता the constellation Aśvinī. -सूः f. wife of the sun and mother of the Aśvins, = संज्ञा q. v.
dilīpaḥ दिलीपः A king of the Solar race, son of अंशुमत् and father of भगीरथ, but according to Kālidāsa, of रघु. [He is described by Kālidāsa as a grand ideal of what a king should be. His wife was Sudakṣiṇā, a woman in every respect worthy of her husband; but they had no issue. For this he went to his family priest Vasiṣṭha who told him and his wife to serve the celestial cow Nandinī. They accordingly served her for 21 days and were on the 22nd day favoured by the cow. A glorious boy was then born who conquered the whole world and became the founder of the line of the Raghus.]
digdha दिग्ध p. p. [दिह्-क्त] 1 Smeared, anointed, daubed; हस्तावसृग्दिग्धौ Ms.3.132; R.16.15. दिग्धो$मृतेन च विषेण च पक्ष्मलाक्ष्या गाढं निखात इव मे हृदये कटाक्षः Māl.1.29. -2 Soiled, defiled, polluted. -3 Poisoned, envenomed; अथ तैः परिदेविताक्षरैर्हृदये दिग्धशरैरिवाहतः Ku.4.25. -ग्धः 1 Oil, ointment. -2 Any oily substance or unguent. -3 Fire. -4 A poisoned arrow; 'दिग्धो विषाक्तबाणे स्यात्' Medinī. करेणुमिव दिग्धेन विद्धां मृगयुना वने Rām.2.1.26; Mb.12. 69.57. -5 A story (true or fictitious.)
nāsikā नासिका [नास्-ण्वुल्] 1 The nose; see नासा. -2 Any nose-shaped object. -3 The trunk of an elephant. -4 The upper timber of a door. -5 A projection. -6 An epithet of the nymph Aśvinī. -Comp. -मलः the mucus of the nose.
nirmokaḥ निर्मोकः 1 Setting free, liberating. -2 A hide, skin; मृगनिर्मोकवसनाश्चीरवल्कलवाससः Mb.13.141.1. -3 The slough of a serpent; स्तनोत्तरीयाणि भवन्ति सङ्गान्निर्मोकपट्टाः फणिभिर्विमुक्ताः R.16.17; Śi.2.47; N.1; महोरगविनिर्मुक्तानेक निर्मोकभास्वराम् Śiva. B.31.62. -4 Armour, mail. -5 The sky, heaven. -6 Atmosphere; निर्मोको मोचने व्योम्नि सन्नाहे सूर्यकञ्चुके Medinī.
niśīthaḥ निशीथः [निशेरते जना अस्मिन्; निशी आधारे थक् Tv.] 1 Midnight; निशीथदीपाः सहसा हतत्विषः R.3.15; Me.9.; Māl.8.1. -2 The time of sleep, night in general; शुचौ निशीथे$नुभवन्ति कामिनः Ṛs.1.3; श्रुत्वा निशीथे ध्वनिम् Amaru.13. निशीथिनी niśīthinī निशीथ्या niśīthyā निशीथिनी निशीथ्या Night. निशुभ् (-म्भ्) 6 P. To tread down; पद्भ्यां निशुम्भति B. R.8.53.
pakva पक्व a. [पच्-क्त तस्य वः] 1 Cooked, roasted, boiled; as in पक्वान्न. -2 Digested. -3 Baked, burned, annealed (opp. आम); पक्वेष्टकानामाकर्षणम्, आमेष्टकानां छेदनम् Mk.3. 12/13. -14 Mature, ripe; पक्वबिम्बाधरोष्ठी Me.82; यथा फलानां पक्वानां नान्यत्र पतनाद् भयम् Subhāṣ. -5 Fully developed, come to perfection, perfect, matured as in पक्वधी; अग्नि- पक्वाशनो वा स्यात् कालपक्वभुगेव वा Ms.6.17. -6 Experienced, shrewd. -7 Ripe (as a boil), ready to suppurate. -8 Grey (as hair). -9 Perished, decaying, on the eve of destruction, ripe to meet one's doom; 'पक्वं परिणते$पि स्याद्विनाशाभिमुखे त्रिषु' Medinī; पक्वापक्वेति सुभृशं वावाश्यन्ते वयांसि च Mb.6.3.44. -क्वम् 1 Cooked food. -2 Ripe corn. -3 The ashes of a burnt corpse. -Comp. -अतिसारः chronic dysentery. -अन्नम् cooked or dressed food. -आधानम्, आशयः the stomach, abdomen. -इष्टका a baked brick. -इष्टकाचितम् a building constructed with baked bricks. -कषाय a. whose passion has become extinguished. -कृत् a. 1 cooking; -2 maturing. (-m.) the Nimba tree. -कश a. grey-haired. -गात्र a. having a decrepit or infirm body. -रसः wine or any spirituous liquor. -वारि n. the water of boiled rice (काञ्जिक), sour rice-gruel.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
paridhāyaḥ परिधायः 1 Train, retinue, attendants collectively. -2 A receptacle, a reservoir. -3 The posteriors. -4 A garment to be worn. -5 The region of buttocks. -6 (= परिच्छेद q. v.) परिधायो जनस्थाने परिच्छेदनितम्बयोः Medinī.
pari परि (री) वारः 1 Train, retinue, attendants or followers collectively; (यानम्) अध्यास्य कन्या परिवारशोभि R.6.1;12.16; ग्रहगणपरिवारो राजमार्गप्रदीपः Mk.1.57. -2 A cover, covering; व्याघ्रचर्मपरिवाराः Mb.5.155.8; -3 A hedge round a village. -4 A sheath, scabbard; परिवारः परिजने खड्गकोशे परिच्छदे Medinī; परिवारात् पृथक्चक्रे खड्गश्चात्मा च केनचित् Śi.19.49.
parivedanam परिवेदनम् 1 The marriage of a younger brother before the elder; Ms.11.6. -2 Marriage in general. -3 Complete or accurate knowledge. -4 Gain, acquisition. -5 Maintaining the household fire (अग्न्याधान). -6 Pervasion on all sides, universal pervasion or existence. -7 Discussion. -8 Misery, pain. -ना 1 Shrewdness, wit. -2 Prudence, foresight. परिवेदनीया parivēdanīyā परिवेदिनी parivēdinī परिवेदनीया परिवेदिनी The wife of a younger brother who is married before the elder.
pari परि (री) शेषः 1 Remainder, remnant, elimination; परिशेषादत्रैवर्णिको रथकारः ŚB. on MS.6.1.44. -2 Supplement. -3 Termination, conclusion, completion. -4 End, destruction (शेषः सङ्कर्षणे वधे Medinī.); कुलप्रसूनं परिशेषभागि Bu. Ch.1.72. परिशेषेण ind. 1 With the residue. -2 Completely, in full. परिशेषात् ind. Consequently.
pallavita पल्लवित a. 1 Sprouting, having young shoots or sprouts. -2 Spread, extended; अलं पल्लवितेन 'enough of further amplification or expatiation'. -3 Dyed red with lac; अथ पल्लवितं लाक्षारक्ते Medinī. -तः Lac-dye.
pinākaḥ पिनाकः कम् [पा रक्षणे आकन् नुट् धातोरात इत्वम् Uṇ.4. 15.] 1 The bow of Śiva; निपपात जवादिषुः पिनाकान् महतो$ भ्रादिव वैद्युतः कृशानुः Ki.13.2. -2 A trident; 'पिनाको$स्त्री रुद्रचापे पांशुवर्षत्रिशूलयोः' Medinī. -3 A bow in gneral. -4 A staff or stick. -5 A shower of dust. -Comp. -गोप्तृ, -धृक्, -धृत्, -पाणि m. epithets of Śiva; द्वौ वरासिधरौ राजन्नेकः शक्तिपिनाकधृक् Mb.5.155.17;3.167.5; कुर्या हरस्यापि पिनाकपाणेर्धैर्यच्युतिम् Ku.3.1.
puṣkaram पुष्करम् [पुष्कं पुष्टिं राति, रा-क; cf. Uṇ.4.4] 1 A blue lotus; Nelumbium speciosum; ताः कान्तैः सह करपुष्करे- रिताम्बुव्यात्युक्षीमभिसरणग्लहामदीव्यन् Śi.8.32. -2 The tip of an elephant's trunk; आलोकपुष्करमुखोल्लसितैरभीक्ष्णमुक्षां- बभूवुरभितो वपुरम्बुवर्षैः Śi.5.3. -3 The skin of a drum, i. e. the place where it is struck; पुष्करेष्वाहतेषु Me.68; R.17.11. -4 The blade of a sword; क्रोधेनान्धाः प्राविशन् पुष्कराणि Śi.18.17. -5 The sheath of a sword. -6 An arrow. -7 Air, sky, atmosphere; पुष्करं पूरयामासुः सिंह- नादेन भूयसा Śiva B.18.5. -8 A cage. -9 Water. -1 Intoxication. -11 The art of dancing. -12 War. battle. -13 Union. -14 N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage in the district of Ajmere. -15 The bowl of a spoon. -16 A part, portion. -17 The tip of the elephant's trunk; Mātaṅga L.2.2;3.1;5.8;6.9. -रः 1 A lake, pond; पुष्करे दुष्करं वारि ... Jyotistattvam. -2 A kind of serpent. -3 A kind of drum, kettledrum; अवादयन् दुन्दुभींश्च शतशश्चैव पुष्करान् Mb.6.43.13. -4 The sun. -5 An epithet of a class of clouds said to cause dearth or famine; Me.6. (v. l. पुष्कल); तदीया- स्तोयदेष्वद्य पुष्करावर्तकादिषु । अभ्यस्यन्ति तटाघातम् Ku.2.5. -6 An epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 An epithet of Śiva. -8 The Sārasa bird. -9 An inauspicious conjunction of planets. -रः, -रम् N. of one of the seven great divisions of the universe. -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Viṣṇu; ध्वजाग्रे पुष्कराक्षस्य तार्क्ष्यः संनिहितो$भवत् Bm.2.18. -आख्यः, -आह्वः the (Indian) crane. -आवर्तकः an epithet of a class of clouds said to cause dearth or famine; जातं वंशे भुवनविदिते पुष्करावर्तकानाम् Me.6; Ku.2.5, Ve.3.2. -तीर्थः N. of a sacred bathing-place; see पुष्कर above. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पत्रम् a lotus-leaf. -प्रियः wax. -बीजम् lotus-seed. -विष्टरः the god Brahmā; जगाम लोकं स्वमखण्डितोत्सवं समीडितः पुष्करविष्टरादिभिः Bhāg. 3.19.31. -व्याघ्रः an alligator. -शिखा the root of a lotus. -सारी a kind of writing; L. V. -स्थपतिः an epithet of Śiva. -स्रज् f. a garland of lotuses. -m. (du.) N. of the two Aśvinīkumāras.
puṣpam पुष्पम् [पुष्प् विकाशे-अच्] 1 A flower, blossom; पत्रं पुष्पं फलं तोयं यो मे भक्त्या प्रयच्छति Bg.9.26. -2 The menstrual discharge; as in पुष्पवती q. v. -3 A topaz (पुष्पराग); Rām.2.94.6. -4 A disease of the eyes (albugo). -5 The car or vehicle of Kubera; see पुष्पक. -6 Gallantry, politeness (in love language). -7 Expanding, blooming, blossoming (said to be m. in this sense). -Comp. -अग्रम् pistil. -अञ्जनम् 1 calx of brass used as a collyrium. -2 A white flower-like substance which appears when zinc is mixed with copper and heated for preparing brass. -3 Zinc oxide (Mar. जस्तफूल). -अञ्जलिः a handful of flowers. -अनुगम् a powder promoting menstruation. -अभिषेक = ˚स्नान q. v. -अम्बु the honey of flowers. -अम्बुजम् the sap of flowers. -अवचयः collecting or gathering flowers. -अवचायिन् = पुष्पाजीव q. v. -अस्त्रः an epithet of the god of love. -आकर a. rich or abounding in flowers; मासो नु पुष्पाकरः V.1.9. -आगमः the spring. -आजीवः a florist, garland-maker. -आननः a kind of liquor. -आपीडः a chaplet of flowers. -आयुधः, -इषुः the god of love; पुष्पायुधं दुराधर्षम् Mb.1. 172.17; Mahimna 23. -आसवम् honey. -आसारः a shower of flowers; पुष्पासारैः स्नपयतु भवान् व्योमगङ्गाजलार्द्रैः Me.45. -आस्तरकः, -आस्तरणम् the art of strewing flowers (one of the 64 Kalās). -उद्गमः appearance of flowers. -उद्यानम् a flower-garden. -उपजीविन् m. a florist, gardener, garland-maker. -करण्डकम् N. of the garden of Ujjayinī. -करण्डिनी N. of the city, Ujjayinī. -कालः 1 'flower-time', the spring. -2 the time of the menses. -कासीसम् green (or black) sulphate of iron. -कीटः a large black bee. -केतनः, -केतुः the god of love. (-n.) 1 calx of flowers. -2 vitriol (used as a collyrium). -गण्डिका N. of a kind of farce (in which men act as women and women as men); S. D. -गृहम् a flowerhouse, conservatory. -घातकः the bamboo. -चयः 1 gathering flowers -2 a quantity of flowers. -चापः the god of love. -चामरः a kind of cane. -जम् the juice of flowers. -दः a tree. -दन्तः 1 N. of an attendant of Śiva. -2 N. of the author of the Mahimnastotra. -3 N. of the elephant presiding over the northwest; शुद्धाक्षमैन्द्रं भल्लाटं पुष्पदन्तं तथैव च Hariv. -4 the sun and moon (dual). -दामन् n. a garland of flowers. -द्रवः 1 the sap or exudation of flowers. -2 an infusion of flowers. -द्रुमः a flowering tree. -धः the offspring of an outcast Brāhmaṇa; cf. व्रात्यात् तु जायते विप्रात् पापात्मा भूर्जकण्टकः । आवन्त्यवाटधानौ च पुष्पधः शैख एव च ॥ Ms.1.21. -धनुस्, -धन्वन् m. the god of love; द्रुतमेत्य पुष्पधनुषो धनुषः Śi.9.41; शतमखमुपतस्थे प्राञ्जलिः पुष्पधन्वा Ku.2.64. -धरः a. bearing flowers. -धारणः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ध्वजः the god of love. -निक्षः a bee. -निर्यासः, -निर्यासकः the sap, nectar, or juice of flowers. -नेत्रम् the tube of a flower. -पत्रिन् m. the god of love. -पथः, -पदवी the vulva. -पुटः the calyx of a flower. -2 (in music) a particular position in dancing. -पुरम् N. of Pāṭaliputra; प्रासादवातायनसंश्रितानां नेत्रोत्सवं पुष्पपुराङ्गनानाम् R.6.24. -प्रचयः, -प्रचायः the plucking or gathering of flowers. -प्रचायिका gathering of flowers. -प्रस्तारः a bed or couch of flowers. -फलः the wood-apple tree. -बटुकः a courtier, gallant; (v. l. for पुष्पनाटक), -बलिः an offering of flowers. -बाणः, -वाणः an epithet of the god of love. -भद्रः a kind of pavilion with 62 columns. -भवः the nectar or juice of flowers. -मञ्जरिका a blue lotus. -माला a garland of flowers. -मासः 1 the month of Chaitra; मम त्वयं विना वासः पुष्पमासे सुदुःसहः Rām.4.1. 41. -2 the spring; अजितभुवनस्तथा हि लेभे सिततुरगे विजयं न पुष्पमासः Ki.1.35. -यमकम् a kind of Yamaka; cf. Bk.1.14. -रजस् n. the pollen. -रथः a carriage for travelling or for pleasure (but not for war); मुख्यः पुष्परथो युक्तः किं न गच्छति ते$ग्रतः Rām.2.26.15. -रसः the nectar or juice of flowers. ˚आह्वयम् honey. -रागः, -राजः a topaz. -रेणुः pollen; वायुर्विधूनयति चम्पकपुष्पपेणून् Kavirahasya; R.1.38. -पुष्परोचनः the Nāgakesara tree. -लावः a flower-gatherer. (-वी) a female flowergatherer; Me.26. -लिक्षः, -लिह् m. a bee. -लिपिः A particular style of writing. -वर्षः, -वर्षणम् a shower of flowers; सुरभि सुरविमुक्तं पुष्पवर्षं पपात R.12.12; पुष्पवर्षो महानभूत् Rām. -वाटिका, -वाटी f. a flower-garden. -वृक्षः a tree bearing flowers. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of flowers; परस्परशरव्राताः पुष्पवृष्टिं न सेहिरे R.12.94. -वेणी a garland of flowers. -शकटिका, -शकटी a heavenly voice, voice from heaven. ˚निमित्तज्ञानम् Knowledge of the omens which result from heavenly voices (one of the 64 Kalās). -शय्या a flowery bed, a couch of flowers. -शरः, -शरासनः, -सायकः the god of love. -समयः the spring. -सारः, -स्वेदः the nectar or honey of flowers. -सारा the holy basil. -सिता a kind of sugar. -स्नानम् a kind of inauguration. -हासः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 the blooming of flowers. -हासा a woman in her courses. -हीना a woman past child-bearing.
pratīta प्रतीत p. p. 1 Set forth, started. -2 Gone by, past, gone; एवं राजर्षयः सर्वे प्रतीता रघुनन्दन Rām.2.17.14. -3 Believed, trusted. -4 Proved, established. -5 Acknowledged, recognised. -6 Called, known as, named. -7 Well-known, renowned, famous; ततः प्रतीतं प्लवतां वरिष्ठम् Rām.4.65.35; स वासुदेवानुचरं प्रशान्तं बृहस्पतेः प्राक्तनयं प्रतीतम् Bhāg.3.1.25. -8 Firmly resolved. -9 (a) Convinced, of a firm conviction. (b) Believing, trusting, confident. -1 Pleased, delighted; cf. प्रतीतः सादरे ज्ञाते हृष्टप्रख्यातयोः त्रिषु Medinī; Rām.2.71.19; R.3.12; 5.26;14;47;16.23; भव इव षण्मुखजन्मना प्रतीतः Bu. Ch. 1.94; अथेष्टपुत्रः परमप्रतीतः कुलस्य वृद्धिं प्रति भूमिपालः 2.47. -11 Respectful. -12 Clever, learned, wise. -Comp. -आत्मन् confident, resolute.
pradyotaḥ प्रद्योतः 1 Irradiating, lighting, illuminating. -2 Splendour, light, lustre. -3 A ray of light. -4 N. of a king of Ujjayinī, whose daughter Vatsa married; प्रद्योतस्य प्रियदुहितरं वत्सराजो$त्र जह्रे Me.32. (considered as an interpolation by Malli.); Ratn.1.1.
pradyotanam प्रद्योतनम् 1 Blazing, shining. -2 Light. -नः 1 The sun. -2 N. of a prince of Ujjayinī.
prāstāvika प्रास्ताविक a. (-की f.) 1 Serving as an introduction, introductory, prefatory; as in प्रास्ताविकविलास (the first or introductory part of Bhāminīvilāsa); प्रास्ताविकं वचनम् 'prefatory remarks.' -2 Seasonable, opportune, timely. -3 Pertinent, relevant (to the matter in hand); अप्रास्ताविकी महत्येषा कथा Māl.2.
ba बः 1 N. of Varuṇa. -2 Water. -3 A water-jar; (the meanings of this letter are given in the following verse; बः पुमान् वरुणे सिन्धौ भगे तोये गते तु वा । गन्धने तन्तुसंताने पुंस्येव वपने स्मृतः ॥ Medinī.
balam बलम् [बल्-अच्] 1 Strength, power, might, vigour; क्षत्त्रियाणां बलं युद्धम् Brav. P. -2 Force, violence; as in बलात् q. v. -3 An army, host, forces, troops; भवेदभीष्म- मद्रोणं धृतराष्ट्रबलं कथम् Ve.3.24,43; बलं भीष्मा(भीमा)भिरक्षितम् Bg.1.1; R.16.37. -4 Bulkiness, stoutness (of the body). -5 Body, figure, shape. -6 Semen virile. -7 Blood, -8 Gum myrrh. -9 A shoot, sprout. -1 Force or power of articulation; वर्णः स्वरः । मात्रा बलम् । साम संतानः । इत्युक्तः शीक्षाध्यायः T. Up.1.2.1. -11 The deity of power (such as Indra); नमो बलप्रमथनाय Mb.12.284. 94. -12 The hand; क्रान्ते विष्णुर्बले शक्रः कोष्ठे$ग्निर्भोक्तुमिच्छति Mb.12.239.8. -13 Effort (यत्न); विधिः शुक्रं बलं चेति त्रय एते गुणाः परे Mb.12.32.11 (com. बलं वासनाविषयप्राप्त्यनु- कूलो यत्नः). (बलेन means 'on the strength of', 'by means or virtue of'; बाहुबलेन जितः, वीर्यबलेन &c.; बलात् 'perforce', 'forcibly', 'violently', 'against one's will'; बलान्निद्रा समायाता Pt.1; हृदयमदये तस्मिन्नेवं पुनर्वलते बलात् Gīt.7.). -लः 1 A crow; Rām.6.54.9. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -3 N. of a demon killed by Indra. -Comp. -अग्रम् excessive strength or force. (-ग्रः) the head of an army. -अङ्गकः the spring; 'वसन्त इष्यः सुरभिः पुष्पकालो बलाङ्गकः' H. Ch.156. -अञ्चिता the lute of Balarāma. -अटः a kind of beam. -अधिक a. surpassing in strength, of superior strength or force. -अधिकरणम् the affairs of an army; -अध्यक्षः 1 a general or commander of an army; सेनापतिबलाध्यक्षौ सर्वदिक्षु निवेशयेत् Ms.7.189. -2 a war-minister. -3 An officer in charge of infantry. -अनुजः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -अन्वित a. 1 endowed with strength, mighty, powerful. -2 leading an army. -अबलम् 1 comparative strength and want of strength, relative strength and weakness; परात्मनोः परिच्छिद्य शक्त्या- दीनां बलाबलम् R.17.59. -2 relative significance and insignificance, comparative importance and unimportance; समय एव करोति बलाबलम् Śi.6.44. ˚अधिकरणम् a kind of न्यायभेद according to Jaimini. -अभ्रः an army in the form of a cloud. -अरातिः an epithet of Indra. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of power; राज्ञो बलार्थिनः षष्ठे (वर्षे उपनयनं कार्यम्) Ms.2.37. -अवलेपः pride of strength. -अशः, -असः 1 consumption. -2 the phlegmatic humour (कफ). -3 a swelling in the throat (which stops the passages of food). -आढ्यः a bean. -आत्मिका a kind of sun-flower (हस्तिशुण्डी). -आलयः a military camp; पूज्यमानो हरिगणैराजगाम बलालयम् Rām.6.112.8. -आहः water. -उत्कट a. of mighty strength; न वध्यते ह्यविश्वस्तो दुर्बलो$पि बलोत्कटैः Pt.2.44;3.115. -उपपन्न, -उपेत a. endowed with strength, strong, powerful; एतां रामबलोपेतां रक्षां यः सुकृती पठेत् Rāmarakṣā.1. -उपादानम् Recruitment of the army; Kau. A. -ओघः a multitude of troops, numerous army; लक्ष्मीं दधत् प्रति- गिरेरलघुर्बलौघः Śi.5.2. -कर, -कृत् a. strengthening. -कृत done by force or against free consent; सर्वान् बलकृता- नर्थानकृतान् मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.168. -क्षोभः disturbance in the army, mutiny, revolt. -चक्रम् 1 dominion, sovereignty. -2 an army, a host. -ज a. produced by power. (-जम्) 1 a city-gate, gate. -2 a field. -3 grain, a heap of grain; त्वं समीरण इव प्रतीक्षितः कर्षकेण बलजान् पुपूषता Śi.14.7. -4 war, battle -5 marrow, pith. -6 a pretty figure. (-जा) 1 the earth. -2 a handsome woman. -3 a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -4 a rope. -तापनः an epithet of Indra; अफिषिषेच मरन्दरसामृतैर्नवलताबलता- पनरत्नभम् (अलिनम्) Rām. Ch.4.12. -दः an ox, a bullock -दर्पः pride of strength. -देवः 1 air, wind. -2 N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa; see बलराम below. -बलदेवा (वी) f. N. of a medicinal herb which is also called त्रायमाण. It grows in the forests on the slopes of the Himālayas and in Persia. -द्विष् m., -निषूदनः epithets of Indra; बलनिषूदनमर्थपतिं च तम् R.9.3. -निग्रह a. weakening, enervating. -पतिः 1 a general, commander. -2 an epithet of Indra. -पुच्छकः a crow; Nigh. Ratn. -पृष्ठकः a kind of deer (Mar. रोहें). -प्रद a. giving strength, invigorating. -प्रमथनी N. of a form of Durgā. -प्रसूः N. of Rohinī, mother of Balarāma. -भद्र a. strong, powerful. (-द्रः) 1 a strong or powerful man. -2 a kind of ox. -3 N. of Balarāma, q. v. below. -4 the tree called लोध्र. -5 N. of Ananta. (-द्रा) a maiden. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; Ś.2. -भृत् a. strong, powerful. -मुख्यः the chief of an army. -रामः 'the strong Rāma', N. of the elder brother of Kṛiṣṇa. [He was the seventh son of Vasudava and Devakī; but transferred to the womb of Rohiṇī to save him from falling a prey to the cruelty of Kaṁsa. He and his brother Kṛiṣṇa were brought up by Nanda in Gokula. When quite young, he killed the powerful demons Dhenuka and Pralamba, and performed, like his brother, many feats of surprising strength. On one occasion Balarāma under the influence of wine, of which he was very fond, called upon the Yamunā river to come to him that he might bathe; and on his command being unheeded, he plunged his plough-share into the river and dragged the waters after him, until the river assumed a human form and asked his forgivenss. On another occasion he dragged towards himself the whole city of Hastināpura along with its walls. As Kṛiṣṇa was a friend and admirer of the Pāṇḍavas, so Balarāma was of the Kauravas, as was seen in his desire of giving his sister Subhadrā to Duryodhana rather than to Arjuna; yet he declined to take any part in the great Bhāratī war either with the Pāṇḍavas or the Kauravas. He is represented as dressed in blue clothes, and armed with a ploughshare which was his most effective weapon. His wife was Revatī. He is sometimes regarded as an incarnation of the serpent Śeṣa and sometimes as the eighth incarnation of Viṣṇu; see the quotation under हल]. -वर्जित a. infirm, weak. -वर्णिन् a. strong and looking well. -वर्धन a. invigorating, strengthening. -m. N. of स्थण्डिलाग्नि in उत्सर्जन or उपाकर्म. -विन्यासः array or arrangement of troops. -व्यसनम् the defeat of an army. -व्यापद् f. decrease of strength. -शालिन् a. strong; बलशालितया यथा तथा वा धियमुच्छेदपरामयं दधानः Ki.13.12. -समुत्थानम् Recruiting a strong army; Kau. A.1.16; तमभियोक्तुं बलसमुत्थानमकरोत् Dk.2.8. -सूदनः an epithet of Indra. -सेना a strong army, an army, host. -स्थ a. strong, powerful. (-स्थः) a warrior, soldier. -स्थितिः f. 1 a camp; an encampment. -2 a royal camp. -हन्, -हन्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Indra; पाण्डुः स्मरति ते नित्यं बलहन्तुः समीपगः Mb.15.2.17. -2 of Balarāma. -3 phlegm. -हीन a. destitute of strength, weak, feeble.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
māṃsikaḥ मांसिकः [मांसं पण्यमस्य ठक्] A butcher. मांसिका māṃsikā मांसिनी māṃsinī मांसी māṃsī मांसिका मांसिनी मांसी Nardostachys Jatāmansi (जटामांसी).
mādanīyam मादनीयम् An intoxicating drink. मादिका mādikā मादिनी mādinī मादुः māduḥ मादिका मादिनी मादुः Hemp.
mādhavī माधवी 1 Candied sugar. -2 A kind of drink made from honey. -3 The spring-creeper (वारसन्ती), with white fragrant flowers; पत्राणामिव शोषणेन मरुता स्पृष्टा लता माधवी Ś.3.9; Me.8. -4 The sacred basil. -5 The earth (also with देवी); तथा मे माधवी देवी विवरं दातुमर्हति Rām. 7.97.14-16. -6 A procuress, bawd. -7 Affluence in cattle. -8 (In music) A particular Rāginī -Comp. -मण़्डपः, -पम् a bower formed of spring flowers. -लता the spring creeper. -वनम् a grove of Mādhavī creepers.
mudrā मुद्रा [मुद्-रक्] 1 A seal, an instrument for sealing or stamping; especially a seal-ring, signet-ring; अनया मुद्रया मुद्रयैनम् Mu.1; नाममुद्राक्षराण्यनुवाच्य परस्परमवलोकयतः Ś.1; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स-मुद्रः Bk.1.19 (fig. also); इति प्रायो भावाः स्फुरदवधिमुद्रामुकुलिताः Bh.2.114. -2 A stamp, print, mark, impression; चतुःसमुद्रमुद्रः K. 191; सिन्दूरमुद्राङ्कितः (बाहुः) Gīt.4. -3 A pass, passport (as given by a seal-ring); अगृहीतमुद्रः कटकान्निष्कामसि Mu.5; गृहीतमुद्रः सलेखः पुरुषो गृहीतः Mu.5; शाहसूनोः शिवस्यैषा मुद्रा भद्राय राजते (wording on Śivājee's seal). -4 A stamped coin, coin, piece of money. -5 A medal. -6 An image, a sign, badge, token. -7 Shutting, closing, sealing; सैवौष्ठमुद्रा स च कर्णपाशः U.6.27; क्षिपन्निद्रा- मुद्रां मदनकलहच्छेदसुलभाम् Māl.2.12 'removing the seal of sleep' &c. -8 A mystery. -9 (In Rhet.) The expression of things by their right names. -1 N. of certain positions of the fingers practised in devotion or religious worship; योजनात् सर्वदेवानां द्रावणात् पापसंहतेः । तस्मान्मुद्रेति सा ख्याता सर्वकामार्थसाधनी Tantrasāra; Dk.2.2. -11 A particular branch of education (reckoning by the fingers). -12 A dance accordant with tradition. -13 A lock, stopper. -14 A nymph; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स- मुद्रः Bk.1.19. -15 "Parched grain" in the form of rice, paddy etc. (Yoginī Tantra, Ch.VI quoted in Woodroffe, Śakti and Śākta, 571). -16 Particular lines, marks; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्ष मुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. -17 Type or block for printing. -Comp. -अक्षरम् 1 a letter of the seal. -2 a type (a modern use). -अङ्क, -अङ्कित a. stamped with a seal, sealed, stamped. -अधिपः the keeper of the seal; the officer in charge of the fort; ततो मुद्राधिपो मुख्यः कौक्षेयकसहायवान् Parṇāl.3.37. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of pass-ports; Kau. A.1.1.1. -कारः a maker of seals. -मार्गः an opening believed to exist in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape at death; cf. ब्रह्मरन्ध्र. -यन्त्रम् a press, a printing-press (a modern formation). -रक्षकः the keeper of the seals. -राक्षसम् N. of a drama by Viśākha-datta. -लिपिः an alphabet of written characters; मुद्रालिपिः शिल्पलिपिर्लिपिर्लेखनिसंभवा । गुण्डिका घुणसंभूता लिपयः पञ्चधा मताः ॥ -स्थानम् the place (on the finger) for a seal-ring; Ś.
medhya मेध्य a. [मेध्-ण्यत्, मेधाय हितं यत् वा] 1 Fit for a sacrifice; अजाश्वयोर्मुखं मेध्यम् Y.1.194; Ms.5.54. -2 Relating to a sacrifice, sacrificial; मेध्येनाश्वेनेजे; R.13. 3; उषा वा अश्वस्य मेध्यस्य शिरः Bṛi. Up.1.1.1. -3 Pure, sacred, holy; भुवं कोष्णेन कुण्डोघ्नी मध्येनावमृथादपि R.1.84; 3.31;14.81. -4 Ved. Fresh, strong, vigorous. -5 Wise, intelligent. -ध्यः 1 A goat. -2 A Khadira tree. -3 Barley (according to Medinī). -ध्या 1 N. of several plants (केतकी, शङ्खपुष्पी, रोचना, शमी &c.). -2 The gallstone of a cow (रोचना). -3 A particular vein.
rāgaḥ रागः [रञ्ज्-भावे घञ् नि˚ नलोपकुत्वे] 1 (a) Colouring, dyeing, tinging. (b) Colour, hue, dye; वचस्तत्र प्रयोक्तव्यं यत्रोक्तं लभते फलम् । स्थायीभवति चात्यन्तं रागः शुक्लपटे यथा ॥ Pt.1.33. -2 Red colour, redness; अधरः किसलयरागः Ś.1.21; Śi.8.15; Ki.16.46. -3 Red dye, red lac; रागेण बालारुणकोमलेन चूतप्रवालोष्ठमलंचकार Ku.3.3;5.11. -4 Love, passion, affection, amorous or sexual feeling; मलिने$पि रागपूर्णाम् Bv.1.1 (where it means 'redness' also); Śi.17.2; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; see चक्षूराग also; चरणयुगलादिव हृदयमविशद्रागः K.142. -5 Feeling, emotion, sympathy, interest. -6 Joy, pleasure. -7 Anger, wrath; निध्वनज्जवहारीभा भेजे रागरसात्तमः Śi. 19.34. -8 Loveliness, beauty. -9 A musical mode or order of sound; (there are six primary Rāgas; भैरवः कौशिकश्चैव हिन्दोलो दीपकस्तथा । श्रीरागो मेघरागश्च रागाः षडिति कीर्तिताः Bharata; other writers give different names. Each rāga has six rāgiṇīs regarded as its consorts, and their union gives rise to several musical modes). -1 Musical harmony, melody; तवास्मि गीतरागेण हारिणा प्रसभं हृतः Ś.1.5; अहो रागपरिवाहिणी गीतिः Ś.5. -11 Regret, sorrow. -12 Greediness, envy; 'रागस्तु मात्सर्ये लोहिता- दिषु' Medinī.; राजकामस्य मूढस्य रागोपहतचेतसः Mb.7.85. 54. -13 The quality called Rajas q. v. -14 Nasalization. -15 A process in the preparation of quicksilver. -16 A king, prince. -17 The sun. -18 The moon. -19 Inflammation. -2 Seasoning, condiment; Mb.4. -Comp. -अङ्गी, -आढ्या Rubia Munjiṣṭa (Mar. मञ्जिष्ठा). -अशनिः a Buddha or Jina. -आत्मक a. impassioned; रजो रागात्मकं विद्धि Bg.14.7. -आयातम्, -उद्रेकः excess of passion. -खाडव, -खाण्डव See रागषाडव; a kind of sweet rice preparation; रागखाण्डवभोज्यैश्च मत्ताः पतिषु शेरते Mb.7. 61.8 (com. रागखाण्डवं गुडोदनं पर्पटिकेति वैदर्भाः). -चूर्णः 1 Acasia Catechu or Khadira tree. -2 red lead. -3 lac. -4 red powder thrown by people over one another at the festival called holi. -5 the god of love. -छन्नः the god of love. -द्रव्यम् a colouring substance, a paint, dye. -दः cristal. -दालिः a kind of pulse (मसूर). -दृश् a ruby. -पट्टः a kind of precious stone. (-ट्टी) the chinese rose. -पुष्पः, -प्रसवः the red globe-amaranth. -बन्धः manifestation of feeling, interest created by a proper representation (of various emotions); भावो भावं नुदति विषयाद्रागबन्धः स एव M.2.9. -युज् m. a ruby. -रज्जुः the god of love. -लता N. of Rati, wife of Cupid. -लेखा a streak or mark of paint. -वर्धनः (in music) a kind of measure. -वृन्तः the god of love. -षाडवः a kind of sweetmeat. -सूत्रम् 1 any coloured thread. -2 a silk-thread. -3 the string of a balance.
rāvaṇa रावण a. [रु-णिच् ल्यु] Crying, screaming, roaring, bewailing; इत्युक्त्वा परुषं वाक्यं रावणः शत्रुरावणः Rām.3.56. 26 (com. शत्रून् रावयति क्रोशयति शत्ररावणः). -णः N. of a celebrated demon, king of Laṅkā and the chief of the Rākṣhasas; स रावणो नाम निकामभीषणं बभूव रक्षः क्षतरक्षणं दिवः Śi.1.48. [He was the son of Viśravas by Keśinī or Kaikaśī and so half-brother of Kuber. He is called Paulastya as being a grandson of the sage Pulastya. Laṅkā was originally occupied by Kubera, but Rāvaṇa ousted him from it and made it his own capital. He had ten heads (and hence his names Daśagrīva, Daśa- vadana &c.) and twenty arms, and according to some, four legs (cf. R.12.88 and Malli.). He is represented to have practised the most austere penance for ten thousand years in order to propitiate the god Brahman, and to have offered one head at the end of each one thousand years. Thus he offered nine of his heads and was going to offer the tenth when the God was pleased and granted him immunity from death by either god or man. On the strength of this boon he grew very tyrannical and oppressed all beings. His power became so great that even the gods are said to have acted as his domestic servants. He conquered almost all the kings of the day, but is said to have been imprisoned by Kārtavīrya for some time when he went to attack his territory. On one occasion he tried to uplift the Kailāsa mountain, but Śiva pressed it down so as to crush his fingers under it. He, therefore, hymned Śiva for one thousand years so loudly that the God gave him the name Rāvaṇa and freed him from his painful position. But though he was so powerful and invincible, the day of retribution drew near. While Rāma who was Viṣṇu descended on earth for the destruction of this very demon was passing his years of exile in the forest, Rāvaṇa carried off his wife Sītā and urged her to become his wife but she persistently refused and remained loyal to her husband. At last Rāma assisted by his monkey-troops invaded Laṅkā, annihilated Rāvaṇa's troops and killed the demon himself. He was a worthy opponent of Rāma, and hence the expression:-- रामरावणयोर्युद्धं रामरावणयोरिव ।]. -णम् 1 The act of screaming. -2 N. of a Muhūrta. -Comp. -अरिः N. of Rāma. -गङ्गा N. of a river in Laṅkā.
rekhā रेखा [लिख्-अच् लस्य] 1 A line, streak; मदरेखा, दानरेखा, रागरेखा &c. -2 The measure of a line, small portion, as much as a line; न रेखामात्रमपि व्यतीयुः R.1.17. -3 A row, range, line, series; मुदाश्रु मोक्ष्यसे क्षिप्रं मेघरेखेव वार्षिकी Rām.2.44.27. -4 Delineation, sketch, drawing; लावण्यरेखया किंचिदन्वितम् Ś.6.13. -5 The first or prime meridian of the Indian astronomers drawn from Laṅkā to Meru and passing through Ujjayinī. -6 Fulness, satisfaction. -7 Deceit, fraud. -8 A straight position of all limbs in dancing. -Comp. -अंशः a degree of longitude. -अन्तरम् distance east or west from the first meridian, longitude of a place. -आकार a. lineal, formed in lines, striped. -गणितम् geometry. -न्यासः the marking down of lines. -मात्रम् ind. even by a line.
laghu लघु a. (-घु or घ्वी f.) [लङ्घेः कुः, नलोपश्च Uṇ.1.29] 1 Light, not heavy; तृणदपि लघुस्तूलस्तूलादपि च याचकः Subhās.; रिक्तः सर्वो भवति हि लघुः पूर्णता गौरवाय Me.2 (where the word means 'contemptible' also); R.9. 62. -2 Little, small, diminutive; धर्मो$यं गृहमेधिनां निगदितः स्मार्तैर्लघुः स्वर्गदः Pt.1.253; Śi.9.38,78. -3 Short, brief, concise; लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R.8.77. -4 Trifling, trivial, insignificant, unimportant; कायस्थ इति लघ्वी मात्रा Mu.1. -5 Low, mean, despicable, contemptible; Śi.9.23; Pt.1.16; कथं प्रत्याख्यानलघुर्मित्रावसुः पुनरपि मन्त्रयते Nāg.2. 1/11. -6 Weak, feeble. -7 Wretched, frivolous. -8 Active, light, nimble, agile; लघु भवत्युत्थानयोग्यं वपुः Ś.2.5. -9 Swift, quick, rapid; किंचित् पश्चाद् व्रज लघुगतिः Me.16; R.5.45. -1 Easy, not difficult; महार्णवपरिक्षेपं लङ्कायाः परिखालघुम् (मेने) R.12.66. -11 Easy to be digested, light (as food) -12 Short (as a vowel in prosody). -13 Soft, low, gentle. -14 Pleasant, agreeable, desirable; दर्शनेन लघुना यथा तयोः प्रीतिमापुरुभयो- स्तपस्विनः R.11.12,8. -15 Lovely, handsome, beautiful. -16 Pure, clean. -17 Sapless, pithless. -18 Young, younger; दीव्यत्युच्चैर्लघुरघुपतिः किं नु वा स्यात् किमन्यत् Mv.6.53. -19 Without attendance or retinue; अनोकशायी लघुरल्पप्रचारश्चरन् देशानेकचरः स भिक्षुः Mb.1.91.5. -m. N. of the Nakṣatras Hasta, Puṣya, and Aśvinī. -n. 1 A particular measure of time (= 15 Kāṣthas). -2 Agallochum, or a particular variety of it. -ind. 1 Lightly, meanly, contemptuously; लघु मन् 'to think lightly of, despise, slight'; प्रथमोपकृतं मरुत्वतः प्रतिपत्त्या लघु मन्यते भवान् Ś.7.1. -2 Quickly, swiftly; लघु लघूत्थिता Ś.4 'risen early'. -Com. -आशिन्, -आहार a. eating little, moderate in diet, abstemious. -उक्तिः f. a brief mode of expression; Kull. on Ms.5.64. -उत्थान, -समुत्थान a. working actively, doing work rapidly. -काय a. light-bodied. (-यः) a goat. -कोष्ठ a. 1 having a light stomach. -2 having little in the stomach. -कौमुदी N. of an epitome of the सिद्धान्तकौमुदी by Varada-rāja. -क्रम a. having a quick step, going quickly. -खट्विका a small bedstead. -गर्गः a kind of fish. -गोधूमः a small kind of wheat. -चित्त, -चेतस्, -मनस्, -हृदय a. 1 light-minded, low-hearted, little-minded, mean-hearted; अयं निजः परो वेति गणना लघुचेतसाम् Mb. -2 frivolous. -3 fickle, unsteady. -चिर्भिटा colocynth. -जङ्गलः a kind of quail (लावक). -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -दुन्दुभिः a kind of drum. -द्राक्षा a small stoneless grape. -द्राविन् a. melting easily. -नामन् m. agallochum. -नालिका a musket. -पत्रिका the Rochanā plant. -पर्णी, -कर्णी N. of a plant (Mar. मोरवेल). -पाक, -पाकिन् a. easily digested. -पाकः digestibility. -पुष्पः a kind of Kadamba. -प्रमाण a. short. -प्रयत्न a. 1 pronounced with slight articulation (as a letter). -2 indolent, lazy. -बदरः, -बदरी f. a kind of jujube. -भवः humble birth or origin. -भावः ease, facility. -भोजनम् a light repast. -मांसः a kind of partridge. -मात्र a. having small property. -मूलम् the lesser root of an equation. -मूलकम् a radish. -मेरुः (in music) a kind of measure. -लयम् a kind of fragrant root (वीरणमूल). -राशि a. composed of fewer terms (as the side of an equation) -वासस् a. wearing light or pure clothes; Ms.2.7. -विक्रम a. having a quick step, quick-footed. -वृत्ति a. 1 ill-behaved, low, vile. -2 light, frivolous. -3 mismanaged, ill-done. -वेधिन् a. making a clever hit. -शेखरः (in music) a kind of measure. -सत्त्व a. weak or fickle-minded. -समुत्थान a. 1 rising quickly. -2 swift of foot; अलघुना लघुसमुत्थानेन सैन्यचक्रेणाभ्यसरम् Dk.2.3. -सार a. worthless, insignificant. -हस्त a. 1 light-handed, clever, dexterous, expert; शिक्षाविशेषलघुहस्ततया निमेषात् तूणीचकार शरपूरितवक्त्ररन्ध्रान् R.9.63. -2 active, agile. (-स्तः) an expert or skilful archer.
va व a. Powerful, strong. -वः 1 Air, wind. -2 The arm. -3 N. of Varuṇa. -4 Conciliation. -5 Addressing. -6 Auspiciousness. -7 Residence, dwelling. -8 The ocean. -9 A tiger. -1 Cloth. -11 Reverence. -12 N. of Rāhu. -13 The residence of Varuṇa. -14 the esculent root of the water lily. -वम् N. of Varuṇa (Medinī). -ind. Like, as; as in मणी बोष्ट्रस्य लम्बेते प्रियौ वत्सतरौ मम Sk. (where the word may be व or वा); Mb.12.177.12 (com. वाशब्द इवार्थे).
vaḍavā वडवा 1 A mare; सैव भूत्वाथ वडवा नासत्यौ सुषुवे भुवि Bhāg. 6.6.4. -2 The nymph Aśvinī who in the form of a mare bore to the sun two sons, the Aśvins; see संज्ञा. -3 A female slave. -4 A harlot, prostitute. -5 A woman of the Brāhmaṇa caste (द्विजयोषित्). -6 A particular constellation represented by a horse's head. -Comp. अग्निः, -अनलः the submarine fire. -भर्तृ N. of the mythical horse उच्चैःश्रवस्. -मुखः 1 the submarine fire; मोक्षदुर्लाभ- विषयं वडवामुखसागरम् Mb.12.31.71. -2 N. of Śiva.
vahālaḥ वहालः Wind; Gīrvāṇa. वहित्रम् vahitram वहित्रकम् vahitrakam वहिनी vahinī वहित्रम् वहित्रकम् वहिनी [वह्-इत्र Uṇ.4.181] 1 A raft, float, boat, vessel; प्रत्यूषस्यदृश्यत किमपि वहित्रम् Dk.; प्रलयपयोधिजले धृतवानसि वेदं विहितवहित्रचरित्रंमखेदम् Gīt.1. -2 A square chariot with a pole.
vāraḥ वारः [वृ-घञ्] 1 That which covers, a cover. -2 A multitude, large number; as in वारयुवति; ते स्ववारं समा- स्थाय वर्त्मकर्मणि कोविदाः Rām.2.8.5. -3 A heap, quantity. -4 A herd, flock; वारी वारैः सस्मरे वारणानाम् Śi.18. 56. -5 A day of the week; as in बुधवार, शनिवार. -6 Time, turn; शशकस्य वारः समायातः Pt.1; अप्सरावारपर्यायेण V.5; R.19.18; often used in pl. like the English 'times'; बहुवारान् 'many times', कतिवारान् 'how many times'. -7 An occasion, opportunity. -8 A door, gate. -9 The opposite bank of a river. -1 N. of Śiva. -11 Ved. A tail. -रम् 1 A vessel for holding spirituous liquor. -2 A mass of water (जलसंघ). -Comp. -अङ्गना, -नारी, -युवति f., योषित् f., -वधू, -वनिता, विलासिनी, -सुन्दरी, -स्त्री 'a woman of the multitude', a common woman, harlot, courtezan, prostitute; Ratn.1. 26; Ś. Til.16. -कीरः 1 a wife's brother (according to Trik. Medinī spells with ब). -2 the submarine fire. -3 a hair-dresser or comb. -4 a louse. -5 a courser. -6 a carrier, porter; (these meanings are given in Medinī). -बु(बू)षा the plantain tree. -मुख्या the chief of a number of harlots. -बा (वा) णः, -णम् 1 Armour, a coat of mail; अगमत् कैतकं रजः । तद्योधवारबाणानामयत्न- पटवासताम् R.4.55; Śi.15.118; धुन्वाना जगृहुर्बाणान् वारबाण- विदारणान् Parṇāl.5.68. -2 a variety of blanket; Kau. A.2.11. -योगः powder. -वाणिः 1 a piper, player on a flute. -2 a musician. -3 a year. -4 a judge. (-णिः f.) a harlot. -वाणी a harlot. -वृषा 1 corn. -2 the plantain tree. -वेला a time or period of the day when no act is performed; कृतमुनियमशरमङ्गलरामर्तुषु भास्करादि- यामार्धे । प्रभवति हि वारवेला न शुभा शुभकार्यचरणाय ॥ Jyotistattvam. -सेवा 1 harlotry, prostitution. -2 a number of harlots.
vārdalam वार्दलम् (Medinī spells with ब) A rainy day; -लः An inkpot.
vāsava वासव a. (-वी f.) [वसुरेव स्वार्थे अण् वसूनि सन्त्यस्य अण् वा] 1 Relating to the Vasus. -2 Belonging to Indra; पाण्डुतां वासवी दिगयासीत् K.; वासवीनां चमूनाम् Me.45. -वः N. of Indra; स वासवेनासनसंनिकृष्टमितो निषीदेति विसृष्टभूमिः Ku.3.2; R.5.5. -वम् The constellation Dhaniṣṭhā. -Comp. -अनुजः Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; स्मितपूर्वमुवाचेदं भगवान् वासुवानुजः Mb.12.46.1. -चापः a rainbow. -दत्ता 1 N. of a work by Subandhu. -2 N. of a heroine of several stories. [Different writers give different accounts of this lady. According to Kathāsaritsāgara she was the daughter of king Chaṇḍamahāsena of Ujjayinī and was carried off by Udayana, king of Vatsa. Śrīharṣa represents her to be the daughter of king Pradyota (see Ratn.1.1.), and, according to Mallinātha's comment on the line प्रद्योतस्य प्रियदुहितरं वत्सराजो$त्र जह्रे she was the daughter of Pradyota, king of Ujjayinī. Bhavabhūti says that she was betrothed by her father to king Sañjaya, but that she offered herself to Udayana; (see Māl.2.). But the Vāsavadattā of Subandhu has nothing in common with the story of Vatsa, except the name of the heroine, as she is represented to have been betrothed by her father to Puṣpaketu, but carried off by Kandarpaketu. It is probable that there were several heroines bearing the name Vāsavadattā.] -दिश् f. the east.
vikramaḥ विक्रमः 1 A step, stride, pace; गतेषु लीलाञ्चितविक्रमेषु Ku.1.34; Ś.7.6; निष्पेषवन्त्यायतविक्रमाणि (सप्तपदानि) Bu. Ch.1.33; Mb.7.49.5; cf. त्रिविक्रम. -2 Stepping over, walking; going, gait; ततः सुमन्त्रस्त्वरितं गत्वा त्वरितविक्रमः Rām.1.8.5; गतैः सहावैः कलहंसविक्रमम् Ki.8.29. -3 Overcoming, overpowering. -4 Heroism, prowess, heroic valour; अनुत्सेकः खलु विक्रमालंकारः V.1; R.12.87, 93. -5 N. of a celebrated king of Ujjayinī. -6 N. of Viṣṇu. -7 Strength, power. -8 Intensity. -9 Stability. -1 A kind of grave accent. -11 Non-change of the विसर्ग into an उष्मन्. -12 The third astrological house. -Comp. -अर्कः, -आदित्यः see विक्रम. -कर्मन् n. a heroic deed, feat of valour. -शीलः N. of a monastery; Buddh. -स्थानम् a promenade.
vekaṭaḥ वेकटः 1 A buffoon. -2 A jeweller. -3 A youth. -4 A kind of fish (Medinī spells with ब); L. D. B.
śiprā शिप्रा 1 N. of a river which issues from the Śipra lake and on the bank of which stands Ujjayinī; शिप्रावातः प्रियतम इव प्रार्थनाचाटुकारः Me.31. -2 A visor or helmet.
śūra शूर a. [शूर्-अच्] Brave, heroic, valiant, mighty; शून्येषु शूरा न के K. P.7; स्वाध्यायशूरैर्मुखैः Pañcharātram 1.5. -रः 1 A hero, warrior, valiant man. -2 A lion. -3 A boar. -4 The sun. -5 The Śāla tree. -6 N. of a Yādava, the grandfather of Kṛiṣṇa; (hence the descendants of Śūra i. e. Yādavas also; cf. शूरः स्याद् यादवे भटे Medinī; ख्यातानि कर्माणि च यानि शौरेः शूरादय- स्तेष्वबला बभूवुः Bu. Ch.1.51). -7 The Arka plant. -8 The Chitraka tree. -9 A dog. -1 A cock. -Comp. -कीटः a contemptible warrior; लीयन्ते यत्र शत्रुप्रपतनविवशाः कोटिशः शूरकीटाः Mv.6.32. -मानम् arrogance, vaunting. -मानिन् m. a boaster, braggart. -वादः the Buddhist doctrine of non-existence. -वादिन् a. 1 a Buddhist. -2 an atheist. -सेनः m. pl. N. of the country about Mathurā or the inhabitants of that country; सा शूरसेनाधिपतिं सुषेणम् (उद्दीश्य) R.6.45.
saṃjñā संज्ञा 1 Consciousness, अकरुण पुनः संज्ञाव्याधिं विधाय किमीहसे Māl.9.42; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. संज्ञा लभ्, आपद् or प्रतिपद् 'to regain or recover one's consciousness, come to one's senses'. -2 Knowledge, understanding; नायका मम सैन्यस्य संज्ञार्थं तान् व्रवीमि ते Bg.1.7; Mb.12.153.63. -3 Intellect, mind; लोकतन्त्रं हि संज्ञाश्च सर्वमन्ने प्रतिष्ठितम् Mb.13.63.5. -4 A hint, sign, token, gesture; मुखापिंतैकाङ्गुलिसंज्ञयैव मा चापलायेति गणान् व्यनैषीत् Ku.3.41; उपलभ्य ततश्च धर्मसंज्ञाम् Bu. Ch.5.21; Bhāg. 6.7.17. -5 A name, designation, an appellation; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; द्वन्द्वैर्विमुक्ताः सुखदुःखसंज्ञैः Bg.15.5. -6 (In gram.) Any name or noun having a special meaning, a proper name. -7 The technical name for an affix. -8 The Gāyatrī Mantra; see गायत्री. -9 A track, footstep. -1 Direction. -11 A technical term. -12 N. of the daughter of Viśvakarman and wife of the sun, and mother of Yama, Yamī, and the two Aśvins. [A legend relates that संज्ञा on one occasion wished to go to her father's house and asked her husband's permission, which was not granted. Resolved to carry out her purpose, she created, by means of her superhuman power, a woman exactly like herself --who was, as it were, her own shadow (and was therefore called Chhāyā), --and putting her in her own place, went away without the knowledge of the sun. Chhāya bore to the sun three children (see छाया), and lived quite happily with him, so that when Saṁjñā returned, he would not admit her. Thus repudiated and disappointed, she assumed the form of a mare and roamed over the earth. The sun, however, in course of time, came to know the real state of things, and discovered that his wife had assumed the form of a mare. He accordingly assumed the form of a horse, and was united with his wife, who bore to him, two sons--the Aśvinīkumāras or Aśvins q. v.] -Comp. -अधिकारः a leading rule which gives a particular name to the rules falling under it, and which exercises influence over them. -विपर्ययः loss of consciousness; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. -विषयः an epithet, an attribute. -सुतः an epithet of Saturn. -सूत्रम् any Sūtra which teaches the meaning of a technical term.
siprā सिप्रा 1 A woman's zone or girdle. -2 A female buffalo. -3 A river near Ujjayinī; see शिप्रा.
sūryaḥ सूर्यः [सरति आकाशे सूर्यः, यद्वा सुवति कर्मणि लोकं प्रेरयति; cf. Sk. on P.III.1.114] 1 The sun; सूर्ये तपत्यावरणाय दृष्टेः कल्पेत लोकस्य कथं तमिस्रा R.5.13. [In mythology, the sun is regarded as a son of Kaśyapa and Aditi. He is represented as moving in a chariot drawn by seven horses, with Aruṇa for his charioteer. He is also represented as all-seeing, the constant beholder of the good and bad deeds of mortals. Samjñā (or Chhāyā or Aśvinī) was his principal wife, by whom he had Yama and Yamunā, the two Aśvins and Saturn. He is also described as having been the father of Manu Vaivasvata, the founder of the solar race of kings.] -2 The tree called Arka. -3 The number 'twelve' (derived from the twelve forms of the sun). -4 The swallow-wort. -5 N. of Śiva. -Comp. -अपायः sunset; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82. -अर्ष्यम् the presentation of an offering to the sun. -अश्मन् m. the sun-stone. -अश्वः a horse of the sun. -अस्तम् sunset. -आतपः heat or glare of the sun, sunshine. -आलोकः sunshine. -आवर्तः 1 a kind of sun-flower. -2 a head-ache which increases or diminishes according to the course of the sun (Mar. अर्धशिशी). -आह्व a. named after the sun. (-ह्वः) the gigantic swallow-wort. (-ह्वम्) copper. -इन्दुसंगमः the day of the new moon (the conjunction of the sun and moon); दर्शः सूर्येन्दुसंगमः Ak. -उत्थानम्, -उदयः sunrise. -ऊढः 1 'brought by the sun', an evening guest; संप्राप्तो यो$तिथिः सायं सूर्योढो गृहमेधिनाम् । पूजया तस्य देवत्वं लभन्ते गृहमेधिनः ॥ Pt.1.17. -2 the time of sunset. -उपस्थानम्, -उपासना attendance upon or worship of the sun; V.1. -कमलम् the sun-flower, a heliotrope. -कान्तः 1 the sun-stone, sun-crystal; स्पर्शानुकूला इव सूर्यकान्तास्तदन्यतेजो$भिभवाद्वमन्ति । Ś.2.7. -2 a crystal. -कान्ति f. 1 sun-light. -2 a particular flower. -3 the flower of sesamum. -कालः day-time, day. ˚अनलचक्रम् a particular astrological diagram for indicating good and bad fortune. -ग्रहः 1 the sun. -2 an eclipse of the sun. -3 an epithet of Rāhu and Ketu. -4 the bottom of a water-jar. -ग्रहणम् a solar eclipse. -चन्द्रौ (also सूर्याचन्द्रमसौ) m. du. the sun and moon. -जः, -तनयः, पुत्रः 1 epithets of Sugrīva; यो$हं सूर्यसुतः स एष भवतां यो$यं स वत्सो$ङ्गदः Mv. 5.55. -2 of Karṇa. -3 of the planet Saturn. -4 of Yama. -जा, -तनया the river Yamunā. -तेजस् n. the radiance or heat of the sun. -द्वारम् the way of the sun; उत्तरायण q. v.; सूर्यद्वारेण ते विरजाः प्रयान्ति यत्रामृतः स पुरुषो ह्याव्ययात्मा Muṇḍ.1.2.11. -नक्षत्रम् that constellation (out of the 27) in which the sun happens to be. -पर्वन् n. a solar festival, (on the days of the solstices, equinoxes, eclipses &c.). -पादः a sun-beam. -पुत्री 1 lightning. -2 the river Yamunā. -प्रभव a. sprung or descended from the sun; क्व सूर्यप्रभवो वंशः क्व चाल्पविषया मतिः R.1.2. -फणिचक्रम् = सूर्यकालानलचक्रम् q. v. above. -बिम्बः the disc of the sun. -भक्त a. one who worships the sun. (-क्तः) the tree Bandhūka or its flower. -मणिः the sunstone. -मण्डलम् the orb of the sun. -मासः the solar month. -यन्त्रम् 1 a representation of the sun (used in worshipping him). -2 an instrument used in taking solar observations. -रश्मिः a ray of the sun, sun-beam; Ms.5.133. -लोकः the heaven of the sun. -वंशः the solar race of kings (who ruled at Ayodhyā). -वर्चस् a. resplendent as the sun. -वारः Sunday. -विलोकनम् the ceremony of taking a child out to see the sun when four months old; cf. उपनिष्क्रमणम्. -संक्रमः, -संक्रातिः f. the sun's passage from one zodiacal sign to another. -संज्ञम् saffron. -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa. -सिद्धान्तः a celebrated astronomical work (supposed to have been revealed by the god Sun). -स्तुतिः f., -स्तोत्रम् a hymn addressed to the sun. -हृदयम् N. of a hymn to the sun.
saudarya सौदर्य n. Brotherhood. -a. Brotherly or sisterly. सौदामनी saudāmanī सौदामिनी saudāminī सौदाम्नी saudāmnī सौदामनी सौदामिनी सौदाम्नी 1 Lightning; सौदामन्या कनकनिकषस्निग्धया दर्शयोर्वीम् Me.39; सौदामिनीव जलदोदरसंधिलीना Mk.1.35; Māl.8.14. -2 The female of Indra's elephant. -3 A kind of lightning (forked one); काञ्चनाभं नभश्चक्रे विद्युत्सौदामिनी यथा Rām.7.32.56; Bhāg.1.6.28.
srotasyaḥ स्रोतस्यः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 A thief. स्रोतस्वती srōtasvatī स्रोतस्विनी srōtasvinī स्रोतस्वती स्रोतस्विनी A river.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"inī" has 15 results.
     
apāṇinīyanot in conformity with the rules of Pāṇini's grammar; confer, compare सिध्यत्वेवमपाणिनीयं तु भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. I.1.
kātantrabālabodhinīa short explanatory gloss on the Kātantra Sūtras by Jagaddhara of Kashmir who lived in the fourteenth century and who wrote a work on grammar called Apaśabdanirākaraṇa.
gūḍhārthadīpinīa commentary ( वृत्ति ) on the sutras of Panini by Sadasiva Misra who lived in the seventeenth century.
tattvabodhinīname of the well-known commentary on Bhattoji's Siddhnta Kaumudi written by his pupil Jnanendrasarasvati at Benares. Out of the several commentaries on the Siddhantakaumudi, the Tattvabodhini is looked upon as the most authoritative and at the same time very scholarly.
tattvavimarśinīname of a commentary on the Kasikavrtti by a grammarian named Nandikeśvarakārikā.kārikābhāṣya by Upamanyu.in the beginning of the nineteenth century A. D.
pāṇinīyaśikṣāa short work on phonetics which is taken as a Vedāņga work and believed to have been written by Pāņini. Some say that the work was written by Pińgala.
pāṇinīyaśikṣāṭīkāname of a commentary on the Śikşā of Pāņini by धरणीधर as ordered by king उत्पलसिंह.
bālabodhinīname of a grammatical work ascribed to Balambhatta of Tanjore.
varavarṇinīname of a commentary on the Paribhsendusekhara written by Guruprasada Sastri, a reputed grammarian of the present cenutry.
vidvatprabodhinīname of a commentary on the Sarasvata-prakriya by a grammarian named Rama.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyagūḍhārthadīpinīa brief commentary on the Mahabhasya, written by Sadasiva, son of Nilakantha and pupil of Kamalakara Diksita. The gloss confines itself to the explanations of obscure and difficult passages in the Mahabhasya and criticizes Kaiyata's explanations.
ṣaṭkārakabālabodhinīa short work in verses on the six case-relations written by a grammarian Prabhudasa who has added his own commentary to it.
subodhinīname given to (1) a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Kshamaunin or Jayakrshamaunin; (2) a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by Amritabharati : (3) a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana by Candrakirti.
m̐ nāsikyaa nasal letter or utterance included among the अयोगवाह letters analogous to anusvāra and yama letters. It is mentioned in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as हुँ इति नासिक्यः on which Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.makes the remark अयमृक्शाखायां प्रसिद्धः. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya mentions नासिक्य, यम and अनुस्वार as नासिक्य or nasal letters, while Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.defines नासिक्य as a letter produced only by the nose; confer, compare केवलनासिकया उच्चार्यमाणे वर्णॊ नासिक्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya calls the letter ह् as nāsikya when it is followed by the consonant न् or ण् or म् and gives अह्नाम् , अपराह्णे and ब्रह्म as instances. The Pāṇinīya Śikṣā does not mention नासिक्य as a letter. The Mahābhāṣya mentions नासिक्य as one of the six ayogavāha letters; confer, compare के पुनरयोगवाहाः । विसर्जनीयजिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयानुस्वारानुनासिक्ययमाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, where some manuscripts read नासिक्य for अानुनासिक्य while in some other manuscripts there is neither the word आनुनासिक्य nor नासिक्य. It is likely that the anunāsika-colouring given to the vowel preceding the consonant सू substituted for the consonants म, न् and others by P. VIII. 3.2. to 12, was looked upon as a separate phonetic unit and called नासिक्य as for instance in सँस्कर्ता, मा हिँसीः, सँशिशाधि et cetera, and others
pāṇinisūtravṛttia gloss on the grammer rules of Pāņini. Many glosses were written from time to time on the Sûtras of Pāņini, out of which the most important and the oldest one is the one named Kāśikāvŗtti, written by the joint authors Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. It is believed that the Kāśikāvŗtti was based upon some old Vŗttis said to have been written by कुणि, निर्लूर, चुल्लि, श्वोभूति, वररुचि and others.Besides Kāśikā,the famous Vŗtti, and those of कुणि,निर्लूर and others which are only reported, there are other Vŗttis which are comparatively modern. Some of them have been printed, while others have remained only in manuscript form. Some of these are : the Bhāșāvŗtti by Purusottamadeva, Vyākaranasudhānidhi by Viśveśvara, Gūdhārthadīpinī by Sadāsivamiśra, Sūtravŗtti by Annambhatta, Vaiyākaraņasarvasva by Dharaņīdhara, Śabdabhūșaņa by Nārāyaņa Paņdita, Pāņinisūtravŗtti by Rāmacandrabhațța Tāre and Vyākaranadīpikā by Orambhațța. There are extracts available from a Sūtravŗtti called Bhāgavŗtti which is ascribed to Bhartŗhari, but, which is evidently written by a later writer (विमलमति according to some scholars) as there are found verses from Bhāravi and Māgha quoted in it as noticed by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiin his vŗtti on Pari.76. Glosses based upon Pāņini Sūtras, but having a topical arrangements are also available, the famous ones among these being the Praķriyākaumudī by Rāmacandra Śeșa and the Siddhāntakaumudī by Bhațțojī Dĩkșita. The मध्यमकौमुदी and the लघुकौमुदी can also be noted here although they are the abridgments of the Siddhānta Kaumudī. There are Vŗttis in other languages also, written in modern times, out of which those written by Bōhtlingk, Basu and Renou are well-known.
     Wordnet Search "inī" has 369 results.
     

inī

śiṣṭa, bhadra, madra, ācāravat, vinīta, sabhya, śiṣṭācārasevin, agrāmya, āryavṛtta, suvṛtta, yaśasya, sabheya, anīca, arhat, ādṛtya, ārya, āryamiśra, āryaka, ārṣeya, uḍḍāmara, kulya, guru, mānya, sat, sajjana, sādhu, sujana, praśrayin, praśrita, sudakṣiṇa   

yaḥ sādhuvyavahāraṃ karoti।

rāmaḥ śiṣṭaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।

inī

saṃvādinī   

mañjūṣāsadṛśaṃ vādyaṃ yad aṅgulibhiḥ vādyate।

saḥ saṃvādinīṃ vādayati।

inī

pāpam, paṅkam, pāpmā, kilviṣam, kalmaṣam, kaluṣam, vṛjinam, enaḥ, agham, ahaḥ, duritam, duṣkṛtam, pātakam, tūstam, kaṇvam, śalyam, pāpakam, adharmam, durvinītatā, avinayaḥ, kunītiḥ, kucaritam, duśceṣṭitam, kuceṣṭitam, durvṛttiḥ, kunītiḥ, kucaritam, kucaryā, vyabhicāraḥ, durācāraḥ   

tat karma yad dharmānusāri nāsti।

pāpāt rakṣa।

inī

agrajā, jyeṣṭha-bhaginī, attikā   

vayasā adhikā bhaginī।

mama agrajā adhyāpikā asti।

inī

pādaḥ, preṣṭhā, ṭaṅkā, ṭaṅgaḥ, ṭaṅgam, ṭaṅkaḥ, ṭaṅkam, prasṛtā, nalakinī, jaṅghā   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ- ākaṭi adhamāṅgaṃ, manuṣyādayaḥ anena saranti।

vane carataḥ mama pādaḥ bahu kleśam anvabhavat

inī

satyavādinī, satyabhāṣiṇī   

yā satyaṃ vadati।

mama mātā satyavādinī asti।

inī

tarjanī, pradeśinī   

aṅguṣṭhasamīpā aṅguliḥ।

tasya dakṣiṇahastasya tarjanī āhatā। / vilokya bhrāmayāmāsa yamājñāmiva tarjanīm।

inī

raktaḥ, raktā, raktam, lohitaḥ, lohitā, lohitāhinī, lohitam, raktavarṇaḥ, raktavarṇā, raktavarṇam, lohitavarṇam, rohitaḥ, rohitā, rohitāhinī, śoṇitaḥ, śoṇitā, śoṇitam, śoṇaḥ, śoṇā, śoṇam, śoṇī, sindūravarṇaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ, kaṣāyā, kaṣāyam, mañjiṣṭhaḥ, mañjiṣṭhī, mañjiṣṭham, aruṇaḥ, aruṇā, aruṇam, pāṭalaḥ, pāṭalā, pāṭalam   

varṇaviśeṣaḥ, raktasya varṇaḥ iva varṇaḥ।

imaṃ prakoṣṭhaṃ raktena varṇena varṇaya।

inī

bhaginī, svasā, bhaginīkā, bhagnī, svayoniḥ, jāmiḥ, yāmiḥ   

sā strī yā kasyacana puruṣasya kasyāścana mātuḥ udarāt jātā strī tathā ca mātulādīnāṃ putrī athavā dharmādyādhāreṇa svasṛtvena abhimatā strī।

mama bhagineḥ svabhāvaḥ mṛdu asti।

inī

svasā, bhaginī, sahodarā, sodaryo   

svasya pitroḥ kanyā।

rādhā mama svasā। /svasāramādāya vidarbhanāthaḥ purapraveśābhimukho babhūva।

inī

sarpiṇī, sarpī, bhujaṅginī   

sarpabhāryā।

etad sarpiṇyāḥ aṇḍam asti।

inī

sādhutā, sabhyatā, sujanatā, vinītatvam, āryatvam, sabhyācāratvam, āryavṛttatvam, suśīlatā, śiṣṭācāratvam, saujanyam   

sajjanasya bhāvaḥ।

sādhutā iti mahān guṇaḥ।

inī

ghrāṇam, nāsā, nāsikā, nasā, nasyā, ghoṇā, gandhavāhaḥ, gandhajñā, gandhanālī, ghratiḥ, nāḥ, nastaḥ, nāsikyam, nāsikyakam, siṅghinī, vikūṇikā, tanubhasrā, nakram, nakuṭam, narkuṭakam   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, jighrate anena iti।

nyāyamatena ghrāṇasya gandhagrāhitvam iti guṇaḥ।

inī

svāvalambinī, ātmāvalambinī   

yā svasyaiva āśrayeṇa tiṣṭhati।

sā svāvalambinī strī asti।

inī

parāvalambinī, āśritā, parāśrayitā   

yā parāśrayeṇa jīvati।

naikāḥ grāmīṇāḥ nāryaḥ parāvalambinyaḥ santi।

inī

anuyāyin, anuyāyinī   

yaḥ kopi siddhāntaṃ mataṃ vā anusarati।

anuyāyī netuḥ siddhāntam anusarati।

inī

vijayā, trailokyavijayā, bhaṅgā, indrāśanaḥ, indrāsanam, jayā, gañjā, vīrapatrā, capalā, ajayā, ānandā, harṣiṇī, mādinī, saṃvidā   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ, mādakadravyayuktaḥ vṛkṣaḥ āyurvede asya vātakaphāpahatvam ādi guṇāḥ proktāḥ।

trailokye vijayapradeti vijayā śrīdevarājapriyā।

inī

priyavādī, priyavādinī, manojñavaktā, manojñavakttrī, priyabhāṣī, priyabhāṣiṇī, madhubhāṣī, madhubhāṣiṇī   

yaḥ priyaṃ vadati।

sulabhāḥ puruṣā rājan satataṃ priyavādinaḥ। apriyasya ca pathyasya vaktā śrotā ca durlabhaḥ। / priyavādī manuṣyaḥ svasya bhāṣaṇena eva viśvavijayī bhavati।

inī

āśramavāsī, āśramavāsinī   

yaḥ āśrame vasati।

grāme grāme aṭan mahātmā adhunā āśramavāsī abhavat।

inī

vinīta, vinayin, saumya, saumyavṛtti, namrabuddhi, namravṛtti, namraśīla, namracetas, nirviṇṇa, nirviṇṇacetas, savinaya, sahanaśīla, vinata   

yasya svabhāvaḥ mṛduḥ asti।

rameśaḥ vinītaḥ asti।

inī

mahiṣī, mandagamanā, mahākṣīrā, payasvinī, lulāpakāntā, kaluṣā, turaṅgadviṣīṇī   

mahiṣasya patnī।

saḥ mahiṣyāḥ dugdhaṃ pibati।

inī

saṃnyāsinī, sādhvī   

vairāgyaṃ dhṛtavatī strī।

asya mandirasya saṃnyāsinī tīrthaṃ gatā।

inī

grāmavāsinī, grāmīṇā   

yā grāme nivasati।

śikṣākṣetre grāmavāsinyāḥ striyaḥ nyūnā eva।

inī

chātrā, vidyārthinī   

yā paṭhati।

asya vidyālayasya chātrayā daśamakakṣāyāṃ rājye prathamakramāṅkaḥ arjitaḥ।

inī

suśīla, saumya, sujana, abhivinīta, ṛjuḥ   

yaḥ svabhāvataḥ suṣṭhuḥ।

suśīlaḥ puruṣaḥ svasvabhāvena sarveṣāṃ cittaṃ harati।

inī

śikṣita, kṛtavidya, labdhavidya, gṛhītavidya, kṛtābhyāsa, kṛtabuddhi, kṛtadhī, anunīta, vinīta, śiṣṭa, saṃskṛta   

yena śikṣā gṛhītā।

śikṣitāḥ janāḥ rāṣṭrasya netāraḥ।

inī

drākṣā, mṛdvīkā, mṛdvī, svādvī, svādurasā, madhurasā, gostanī, gostanā, rasā, rasālā, cāruphalā, kāpiśāyinī, sābdī, harahūrā   

latāviśeṣaḥ yasya phalaṃ madhuraṃ tathā ca bahurasam asti।

nāśikanagare drākṣāṇāṃ kṛṣiḥ dṛśyate।

inī

vyay, vyayīkṛ, upayuj, vinīyuj   

kṛtavetanatvena athavā pariśrama-mūlyatvena dhanapradānānukūlaḥ kāryapūrtihetukaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

adya vāhanamūlyatvena eva śatarūpyakāṇi avyayayam aham।

inī

rātriḥ, niśā, rajanī, kṣaṇadā, kṣapā, śarvarī, niś, nid, triyāmā, yāninī, yāmavatī, naktam, niśīthinī, tamasvinī, vibhāvarī, tamī, tamā, tamiḥ, jyotaṣmatī, nirātapā, niśīthyā, niśīthaḥ, śamanī, vāsurā, vāśurā, śyāmā, śatākṣī, śatvarī, śaryā, yāmiḥ, yāmī, yāmikā, yāmīrā, yāmyā, doṣā, ghorā, vāsateyī, tuṅgī, kalāpinī, vāyuroṣā, niṣadvarī, śayyā, śārvarī, cakrabhedinī, vasatiḥ, kālī, tārakiṇī, bhūṣā, tārā, niṭ   

dīpāvacchinna-sūryakiraṇānavacchinnakālaḥ।

yadā dikṣu ca aṣṭāsu meror bhūgolakodbhavā। chāyā bhavet tadā rātriḥ syācca tadvirahād dinam।

inī

mālinī   

mālikasya patnī।

mālinī mālikena saha puṣpavāṭikāyāṃ kṣupān siñcati।

inī

sūryaḥ, savitā, ādityaḥ, mitraḥ, aruṇaḥ, bhānuḥ, pūṣā, arkaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, pataṅgaḥ, khagaḥ, sahasrāṃśuḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, marīci, mārtaṇḍa, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, citrarathaḥ, saptasaptiḥ, dinamaṇi, dyumaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, khadyotaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, ambarīśaḥ, aṃśahastaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, jagatcakṣuḥ, lokalocanaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, karmasākṣī, gopatiḥ, gabhastiḥ, gabhastimān, gabhastihastaḥ, graharājaḥ, caṇḍāṃśu, aṃśumānī, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, tapanaḥ, tāpanaḥ, jyotiṣmān, mihiraḥ, avyayaḥ, arciḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretaḥ, kāśyapeyaḥ, virocanaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, hariḥ, harivāhanaḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, bhagaḥ, agaḥ, adriḥ, heliḥ, tarūṇiḥ, śūraḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotipīthaḥ, inaḥ, vedodayaḥ, papīḥ, pītaḥ, akūpāraḥ, usraḥ, kapilaḥ   

pṛthivyāḥ nikaṭatamaḥ atitejasvī khagolīyaḥ piṇḍaḥ yaṃ paritaḥ pṛthvyādigrahāḥ bhramanti। tathā ca yaḥ ākāśe suvati lokam karmāṇi prerayati ca।

sūryaḥ sauryāḥ ūrjāyāḥ mahīyaḥ srotaḥ।/ sūrye tapatyāvaraṇāya dṛṣṭaiḥ kalpeta lokasya kathaṃ tamitsrā।

inī

pārvatī, ambā, umā, girijā, gaurī, bhagavatī, bhavānī, maṅgalā, mahāgaurī, mahādevī, rudrāṇī, śivā, śailajā, himālayajā, ambikā, acalakanyā, acalajā, śailasutā, himajā, śaileyī, aparṇā, śailakumārī, śailakanyā, jagadjananī, tribhuvanasundarī, sunandā, bhavabhāminī, bhavavāmā, jagadīśvarī, bhavyā, pañcamukhī, parvatajā, vṛṣākapāyī, śambhukāntā, nandā, jayā, nandinī, śaṅkarā, śatākṣī, nityā, mṛḍa़ाnī, hemasutā, adritanayā, haimavatī, āryā, ilā, vāruṇī   

śivasya patnī।

pārvatī gaṇeśasya mātā asti।

inī

candraḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ, hariḥ   

khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ yaḥ pṛthvīṃ paribhramati।

adhunā mānavaḥ candrasya pṛṣṭhabhāgaṃ gatvā saṃśodhanaṃ karoti।

inī

tejomayaḥ, tejomayī, tejomayam, suprabhaḥ, suprabhā, suprabham, tejiṣṭhaḥ, tejiṣṭham, tejiṣṭhā, tejīyān, tejīyasī, tejīyaḥ, atitaijasaḥ, atitaijasī, atitaijasam, atiśobhanaḥ, atiśobhānā, atiśobhanam, atidīptimān, atidīptimat, atidīptimatī, atikāntimān, atitejasvī, atitejasvinī, atikāntimatī, atikāntamat, atiprabhāvān, mahātejāḥ, mahātejaḥ, mahāprabhaḥ, mahāprabhā, mahāprabham, ujjvalaḥ, ujjvalā, ujjvalam, śobhamānaḥ, śobhamānam, śobhamānā, śubhraḥ, śubhrā, śubhram, bhāsvān, bhāsantaḥ, bhāsantā, bhāsantam, bhāsantaḥ, bhānumān, bhāsuraḥ, bhāsurā, bhāsuram   

ābhāyuktaḥ।

tasya kumārasya tejomayaṃ mukhaṃ dṛṣṭvā saḥ uccakulajātaḥ iti vicārya ācāryaḥ taṃ śiṣyatvena svīkṛtavān।

inī

ajā, chāgī, payasvinī, bhīruḥ, medhyā, galestanī, chāgikā, majjā, sarvabhakṣyā, galastanī, culumpā, sajjā, mukhaviluṇṭhikā   

paśuviśeṣaḥ, yā apraśastā kharatulyanādā pradīptapucchā kunakhā vivarṇā nikṛttakarṇā dvipamastakā tathā ca yasyāḥ dugdhaṃ pānārthaṃm upayujyate ।

ajāyāḥ dugdhaṃ śītalaṃ madhuraṃ ca।

inī

pṛthvī, dharatī, dharā, bhū, vasundharā, dharaṇī, dharitrī, avanī, urvī, ratnagarbhā, vasudhā, kṣitiḥ, mahiḥ, mahī, acalakīlā, acalā, bhūmaṇḍalaḥ, pṛthivīmaṇḍalam, viśvambharā, prathī, viśvadhāriṇī, medinī, viśvadhenā   

sauramālāyāṃ sūryaṃ paritaḥ bhramamāṇaḥ sūryāt tṛtīyaḥ martyādyadhiṣṭhānabhūtaḥ grahagolaḥ।

candraḥ pṛthveḥ upagrahaḥ asti।

inī

sāgaraḥ, samudraḥ, abdhiḥ, akūpāraḥ, pārāvāraḥ, saritpatiḥ, udanvān, udadhiḥ, sindhuḥ, sarasvān, sāgaraḥ, arṇavaḥ, ratnākaraḥ, jalanidhiḥ, yādaḥpatiḥ, apāmpatiḥ, mahākacchaḥ, nadīkāntaḥ, tarīyaḥ, dvīpavān, jalendraḥ, manthiraḥ, kṣauṇīprācīram, makarālayaḥ, saritāmpatiḥ, jaladhiḥ, nīranijhiḥ, ambudhiḥ, pāthondhiḥ, pādhodhiḥ, yādasāmpatiḥ, nadīnaḥ, indrajanakaḥ, timikoṣaḥ, vārāṃnidhiḥ, vārinidhiḥ, vārdhiḥ, vāridhiḥ, toyanidhiḥ, kīlāladhiḥ, dharaṇīpūraḥ, kṣīrābdhiḥ, dharaṇiplavaḥ, vāṅkaḥ, kacaṅgalaḥ, peruḥ, mitadruḥ, vāhinīpatiḥ, gaṅagādharaḥ, dāradaḥ, timiḥ, prāṇabhāsvān, urmimālī, mahāśayaḥ, ambhonidhiḥ, ambhodhiḥ, tariṣaḥ, kūlaṅkaṣaḥ, tāriṣaḥ, vārirāśiḥ, śailaśiviram, parākuvaḥ, tarantaḥ, mahīprācīram, sarinnāthaḥ, ambhorāśiḥ, dhunīnāthaḥ, nityaḥ, kandhiḥ, apānnāthaḥ   

bhūmeḥ paritaḥ lavaṇayuktā jalarāśiḥ।

sāgare mauktikāni santi।

inī

adhama, nīca, nīcaka, kṣuda, durvinīta, duṣprakṛti, avara, īṣatpuruṣa, avara, kambuka, durvṛtta, muṇḍa, apuṣkala   

durguṇayuktaḥ।

saḥ nīcaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।

inī

vijayā, trailokyavijayā, bhaṅgā, indrāśanaḥ, indrāsanam, jayā, gañjā, vīrapatrā, capalā, ajayā, ānandā, harṣiṇī, mādinī, saṃvidā   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ, mādakadravyayuktaḥ vṛkṣaḥ āyurvede asya vātakaphāpahatvādayaḥ guṇāḥ proktāḥ।

adhunā śāsanena vijayāyāḥ kṛṣiḥ pratibandhitā asti।

inī

āphīnasevī, āphīnasevinī, aphenasevī, aphenasevinī, niṣphenasevī, niṣphenasevinī, niphenasevī, niphenasevinī, pulomahīsevī, pulomahīsevinī, pṛthusevī, pṛthusevinī   

saḥ puruṣaḥ yaṃ āphīnādanasya vyasanam asti।

paśyatu saḥ āphīnasevī nityam āphīnaṃ sevati।

inī

strī, nārī, narī, mānuṣī, manuṣī, mānavī, lalanā, lalitā, ramaṇī, rāmā, vanitā, priyā, mahilā, yoṣā, yoṣitā, yoṣit, yoṣīt, vadhūḥ, bharaṇyā, mahelā, mahelikā, māninī, vāmā, aṅganā, abalā, kāminī, janiḥ, janī, joṣā, joṣitā, joṣit, dhanikā, parigṛhyā, pramadā, pratīpadarśinī, vilāsinī, sindūratilakā, sīmantinī, subhrūḥ, śarvarī   

manuṣyajātīyānāṃ strī-puṃrūpīyayoḥ prabhedadvayayoḥ prathamā yā prajananakṣamā asti।

adhunā vividheṣu kṣetreṣu strīṇām ādhipatyam vartate।

inī

lakṣmīḥ, ramā, kamalā, nārāyaṇī, padmahastā, śrīḥ, viṣṇupriyā, mā, māyā, haripriyā, padmā, padmālayā, bhārgavī, cañcalā, indirā, abjavāhanā, abjā, abdhijā, ambujāsanā, amalā, īśvarī, devaśrī, padmamālinī, padmaguṇā, piṅgalā, maṅgalā, śriyā, śrīpradā, sindhujā, jaganmayī, amalā, varavarṇinī, vṛṣākapāyī, sindhukanyā, sindhusutā, jaladhijā, kṣīrasāgarasutā, dugdhābdhitanayā, kṣīrasāgarakanyakā, kṣīrodatanayā, lokajananī, lokamātā   

dhanasya adhiṣṭhātrī devatā yā viṣṇupatnī asti iti manyate।

dhanaprāptyarthe janāḥ lakṣmīṃ pūjayanti।

inī

praśikṣaṇam, vinītiḥ, vinayanam   

kasyāpi vyavasāyasya kauśalyasya vā kriyātmakaṃ śikṣaṇam।

sītā grāme grāme gatvā yantradvārā sīvanasya praśikṣaṇaṃ dadāti।

inī

raktaḥ, raktā, raktam, raktavarṇīyaḥ, raktavarṇīyā, raktavarṇīyam, lohitaḥ, lohitā, lohitāhinī, lohitam, raktavarṇaḥ, raktavarṇā, raktavarṇam, lohitavarṇam, rohitaḥ, rohitā, rohitāhinī, śoṇitaḥ, śoṇitā, śoṇitam, śoṇaḥ, śoṇā, śoṇam, śoṇī, sindūravarṇaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ, kaṣāyā, kaṣāyam, mañjiṣṭhaḥ, mañjiṣṭhī, mañjiṣṭham, aruṇaḥ, aruṇā, aruṇam, pāṭalaḥ, pāṭalā, pāṭalam   

vastūnāṃ raktaguṇatvadyotanārthe upayujyamānaṃ viśeṣaṇam।

rakte guṇe tatvaṃ raktam iti ucyate।

inī

lākṣā, rākṣā, jatu, yāvaḥ, alaktaḥ, drumāmayaḥ, raṅgamātā, khadirikā, raktā, palaṅkaṣā, krimihā, drumavyādhiḥ, alaktakaḥ, palāśī, mudriṇī, dīptiḥ, jantukā, gandhamādinī, nīlā, dravarasā, pittāriḥ   

raktavarṇīyaḥ padārthaḥ yaḥ viśiṣṭe vṛkṣe raktavarṇīyābhiḥ kṛmibhiḥ nirmīyate।

duryodhanena pāṇḍavān hantuṃ lākṣāyāḥ gṛhaṃ nirmitam।

inī

nāgaramustā, nāgarotthā, nāgarādighanasaṃjñakā, cakrāṅkā, nādeyī, cūḍālā, piṇḍamustā, śiśirā, vṛṣadhmāṅkṣī, kaccharuhā, cārukesarā, uccaṭā, pūrṇakoṣchasaṃjñā, kalāpinī, jaṭā   

tṛṇaviśeṣaḥ yasya mūlāni kaphapittajvarātisārārucyādiṣu bheṣajarupeṇa yujyate।

vaidyena bheṣajārthe samūlaṃ nāgaramustā ānītā।

inī

irākavāsī, irākavāsinī   

irākadeśasya nivāsī।

naike irākavāsinaḥ mama mitrāṇi santi।

inī

apanī, vinī, vyapanī, apasṛ, utasṛ, niḥsṛ, sṛ, apahṛ, hṛ, apakṛṣ, vyapakṛṣa, avakṛṣ, apanud, vyapanud, apoh   

kālasthānasambandhādibhiḥ parimāṇaiḥ dūrīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pāpānāmanupattaye prāyaścittam।

inī

bhaṇḍam, pātram, bhājanam, sthālī, sthālam, piṣṭaraḥ, piṣṭaram, ukhā, vāsanam, pāḍinī, kuṇḍam   

mṛddhātvādibhiḥ vinirmitaḥ ādhāraḥ yasmin khādyaṃ tathā ca anyāni vastūni sthāpyante।

dhātvoḥ ālekhitaṃ pātraṃ śobhate।

inī

sarasvatī, prajñā, bhāratī, vāgīśvarī, vāgdevī, vīṇāvādinī, śāradā, haṃsavāhinī, girā, ilā, brāhmī, irā, jñānadā, gīrdevī, īśvarī, vācā, vacasāmīśā, varṇamātṛkā, gauḥ, śrīḥ, vākyeśvarī, antyasandhyeśvarī, sāyaṃsandhyādevatā, gaurī   

vidyāyāḥ vāṇyaḥ ca adhiṣṭhātrī devatā।

sarasvatyāḥ vāhanaṃ haṃsaḥ asti।

inī

kuñjarī, gajī, padminī, hastinī, kareṇukā, karabhī, puṣkariṇī, ibhyā   

strītvaviśiṣṭaḥ gajaḥ।

vyādhāt śāvakaṃ mocayituṃ kuñjarī ākramaṇam akarot।

inī

dik, āśā, harit, nideśinī, diśā, kakubhaḥ, haritaḥ, gauḥ   

kṣitijasya kalpiteṣu caturṣu vibhāgeṣu ekaḥ।

mama gṛham uttarasyāṃ diśi vartate।

inī

prāśṛṅginī   

sā gauḥ yasyāḥ śṛṅgau adhodiśi gacchataḥ।

prāśṛṅginyāḥ dugdhaṃ miṣṭam asti iti kecana janāḥ manyante।

inī

tanayā, kanyā, sutā, ātmajā, duhitā, putrī, kanyakā, nandinī, akṛtā, aṅgajā   

strī apatyam।

sa uttarasya tanayām upayeme irāvatīm।

inī

pāl, puṣ, paripuṣ, pratipāl, bhṛ, sambhṛ, saṃvṛdh, vṛdh, parivṛdh, vinī, anunī, poṣaṇaṃ kṛ, pālanaṃ kṛ, pālanapoṣaṇaṃ kṛ   

paśupakṣiṇām annapradānena poṣaṇānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

kecana janāḥ gṛhe mārjāraṃ pālayanti।

inī

gaṅgā, mandākinī, jāhnavī, puṇyā, alakanandā, viṣṇupadī, jahnutanayā, suranimnagā, bhāgīrathī, tripathagā, tistrotāḥ, bhīṣmasūḥ, arghyatīrtham, tīrtharījaḥ, tridaśadīrghikā, kumārasūḥ, saridvarā, siddhāpagā, svarāpagā, svargyāpagā, khāpagā, ṛṣikulyā, haimavratī, sarvāpī, haraśekharā, surāpagā, dharmadravī, sudhā, jahnukanyā, gāndinī, rudraśekharā, nandinī, sitasindhuḥ, adhvagā, ugraśekharā, siddhasindhuḥ, svargasarīdvarā, samudrasubhagā, svarnadī, suradīrghikā, suranadī, svardhunī, jyeṣṭhā, jahnusutā, bhīṣmajananī, śubhrā, śailendrajā, bhavāyanā, mahānadī, śailaputrī, sitā, bhuvanapāvanī, śailaputrī   

bhāratadeśasthāḥ pradhānā nadī yā hindudharmānusāreṇa mokṣadāyinī asti iti manyante।

dharmagranthāḥ kathayanti rājñā bhagīrathena svargāt gaṅgā ānītā।

inī

hemagandhinī, reṇukā   

sugandhitavastuprakāraḥ।

hemagandhinī dhārmikeṣu anuṣṭhāneṣu upayujyate।

inī

vyabhicāriṇī, kulaṭā, vipravrājinī   

yā vyabhicāraṃ karoti।

vyabhicariṇī strī samāje sammānaṃ na prāpnoti।

inī

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

inī

mārjanī, śodhanī, ūhanī, ūhinī, pavanī, pādūlakaḥ, rajoharaḥ, vardhanī, samūhanī   

bhūmyādinirmmalīkaraṇārthe upayuktā lomamayī dīrghā āgharṣaṇī।

saḥ mārjanyā gṛhaṃ sammārjayati।

inī

nadī, sarit, taraṅgiṇī, śaivalinī, taṭinī, dhunī, srotasvatī, dvīpavatī, sravantī, nimnagā, āpagā, srotasvinī, srotovahā, sāgaragāminī, apagā, nirjhariṇī, sarasvatī, samudragā, kūlaṅkaṣā, kūlavatī, śaivālinī, samudrakāntā, sāgaragā, rodhovatī, vāhinī   

jalasya saḥ pravāhaḥ yaḥ parvatāt ārabhya viśiṣṭamārgeṇa sāgaraṃ prati gacchati।

parvatapradeśe pāṣāṇasikatādiṣu nadī mārgam ākramati ।/ pāṇineḥ na nadī gaṅgā yamunā na nadī sthalī।

inī

jalaukā, raktapā, jalaukasaḥ, jalūkā, jalākā, jaloragī, jalāyukā, jalikā, jalāsukā, jalajantukā, veṇī, jalālokā, jalaukasī, jalaukasam, jalaukasā, raktapāyinī, raktasandaśikā, tīkṣṇā, vamanī, jalajīvanī, raktapātā, vedhinī, jalasarpiṇī, jalasūciḥ, jalāṭanī, jalākā, jalapaṭātmikā, jalikā, jalālukā, jalavāsinī   

jalajantuviśeṣaḥ, yaḥ prāṇināṃ śarīrasthaṃ duṣṭaśoṇitaṃ nirharet।

priyadarśanaḥ jalaukā babhūva।

inī

vinamra, vinayin, vinīta, namra, vinayaśīla   

yaḥ namanaśīlaḥ।

hanumān vinamreṇa bhāvena nataḥ।

inī

veśyā, gaṇikā, paṇyastrī, vārastrī, sādhāraṇastrī, vārāṅganā, bhogyā, paṇyāṅganā, bandhurā, vāravadhū, vārayuvatī, vāranārī, vāramukhī, vāravāṇī, vāravilāsinī, vārasundarī, vārakanyā, paṇasundarī, paṇastrī, veśayuvatī, veśavadhū, veśavanitā, veśastrī, veśmastrī, rūpajīvinīvāravadhū   

yā paṇyayogena sambhogaṃ kārayati।

kāścana mugdhāḥ bālikāḥ balāt veśyāḥ bhavanti।

inī

mandākinī, ākāśagaṅgā, svarganadī, nabhonadī, divyasaritā, suranadī, viyadgaṅgā, svarnadī, suradīrghikā, svarṇapadmā, sureśvarī   

svarge vartamānā gaṅgāyāḥ dhārā।

pūrvajān trātuṃ bhagīrathena tapasyāṃ kṛtvā mandākinī pṛthivyām ānītā।

inī

agnirathaḥ, relayānam, lohapathagāminī   

bāṣpavidyudādīnāṃ yantreṇa lohamārge dhāvati।

agnirathaḥ samaye virāmasthānam āgataḥ।

inī

jyā, guṇaḥ, cāpaguṇaḥ, dhanurguṇaḥ, jīvam, gavyā, gavyam, gauḥ, piṅgā, bhāravaḥ, maurvikā, maurvī, śiñjinī, locakaḥ, śarasanajyā, śiñjā, śiñjālatā, sthāvaram, srāvan, jyāyuḥ   

dhanuṣaḥ sūtraṃ yasya sāhāyyena bāṇān kṣipanti।

saḥ jyāṃ badhnāti।

inī

gulikā, sīsakagulikā, dūravedhinī gulikā   

sīsakena vinirmitā gulikā yā sūkṣma-gulikā-prakṣepiṇyāḥ antarāgnibalena nāḍīchidrāt atidūraṃ niḥsāryate।

caṭakāhananārthe tena prakṣepiṇyāṃ gulikāḥ abhipūritāḥ।

inī

kaṭhinī, khaṭinī, kaṭhikā, khaṭikā, khaḍikā   

dhavalamṛttikā।

adhyāpakaḥ kaṭhinyā śyāmapaṭṭe likhati।

inī

māyinī, putanā, ḍākinī   

mṛtastriyaḥ ātmanaḥ sā avasthā yā gatyābhāvāt aniṣṭāni kāryāṇi karoti।

vijñānayuge'pi naike janāḥ māyinīṃ viśvasanti।

inī

yamunā, yamunānadī, kālindī, sūryatanayā, śamanasvasā, tapanatanūjā, kalindakanyā, yamasvasā, śyāmā, tāpī, kalindalandinī, yamanī, yamī, kalindaśailajā, sūryasutā, tapanatanayā, aruṇātmajā, dineśātmajā, bhānujā, ravijā, bhānusutā, sūryasutā, sūryajā, yamānujā, arkatanayā, arkasutā, arkajā   

bhāratīyanadīviśeṣaḥ sā tu himālayadakṣiṇadeśād nirgatya prayāge gaṅgāyāṃ miśritā।

sarnāṇi hṛdayāsthāni maṅgalāni śubhāni ca। dadāti cepsitān loke tena sā sarvamaṅgalā॥ saṅgamād gamanād gaṅgā loke devī vibhāvyate। yamasya bhaginī jātā yamunā tena sā matā॥

inī

haridrā, harit, suvarṇā, kāñcanī, pītā, gaurī, svarṇavarṇā, kāverī, umā, śivā, dīrgharāgā, haladdī, pauñjā, pītavālukā, hemanāśā, rañjanī, bhaṅgavāsā, gharṣiṇī, pītikā, rajanī, mehaghnī, bahulā, varṇinī, rātrināmikā, niśāhvā, niśā, śarvarī, varavarṇinī, varṇadātā, maṅgalapradā, hemarāgiṇī, gharṣaṇī, janeṣṭā, kṛmaghnī, lasā, yāminī, varāṅgī, varā, varṇadātrī, pavitrā, haritā, viṣaghnī, piṅgā, maṅgalyā, maṅgalā, lakṣmīḥ, bhadrā, śiphā, śobhā, śobhanā, subhagāhvayā, śyāmā, jayantikā   

oṣadhiviśeṣaḥ asya pītavarṇīyāni mūlāni pākādiṣu vyañjanatvena upayujyante raktaśuddhikaratvāt te bheṣaje tathā ca dehavarṇavidhāyitvāt ca prasādhakeṣu api upayujyante।

samaye akṛtena siṃcanena haridrā śuṣkā jātā। / haridrā kapha-pittāstraśotha-kaṇḍuvraṇāpahā।

inī

prativeśinī   

yasyāḥ gṛhaṃ pārśve asti।

sītā mama prativeśinī asti।

inī

dārugandhā, gandhabadhū, gandhamādanī, taruṇī, tārā, bhūtamārī, maṅgalyā, kapaṭinī, grahabhītijit   

cīḍavṛkṣāt prāptaḥ laśaḥ।

dārugandhā mānavārthe upayuktā।

inī

dūravedhinī, śataghnī   

astraviśeṣaḥ- tat astraṃ yasmāt raṇagolaḥ kṣipyate।

nūtanānāṃ dūravedhinīnāṃ parīkṣaṇam āvaśyakam asti।

inī

ṛṇaṃ śudh, ṛṇam apanī, ṛṇaṃ vinī, ṛṇam apākṛ, ṛṇam apavṛj   

ṛṇādīnāṃ śodhanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vidyutaḥ deyakam anantaraṃ deyam ādau mama ṛṇaṃ śudhyatām।

inī

nartakī, nṛtyāṅganā, lāsikā, vāṇinī   

yā nṛtyati।

hemāmālinī-mahodayā khyātā nartakī asti।

inī

nanāndā, nandinī, nandā, patisvasā   

bhartuḥ bhaginī।

subhadrā satyabhāmāyāḥ nanāndā āsīt।

inī

jalamocikā, jalavāhinī   

dhātunirmitā nalikā yayā gṛhe gṛhe jalasya vahanaṃ śakyaṃ bhavati।

adhunāpi jalamocikāyāṃ jalaṃ nāsti।

inī

hiṇḍiraḥ, vārtākī, vaṅganam, hiṅgulī, siṃhī, bhaṇṭākī, duṣpradharṣiṇī, vārtā, vātīṅgaṇaḥ, vārtākaḥ, śākabilvaḥ, rājakuṣmāṇḍaḥ, vṛntākaḥ, vaṅgaṇaḥ, aṅgaṇaḥ, kaṇṭavṛntākī, kaṇṭāluḥ, kaṇṭapatrikā, nidrāluḥ, māṃsaphalakaḥ, mahoṭikā, citraphalā, kaṇcakinī, mahatī, kaṭphalā, miśravarṇaphalā, nīlaphalā, raktaphalā, śākaśreṣṭhā, vṛttaphalā, nṛpapriyaphalā   

vanaspativiśeṣaḥ yasyāḥ phalāni śākarūpeṇa upayujyante।

kṛṣakaḥ kṛṣikṣetre hiṇḍiraṃ ropayati।

inī

vārtākī, vaṅganam, hiṅgulī, siṃhī, bhaṇṭākī, duṣpradharṣiṇī, vārtā, vātīṅgaṇaḥ, vārtākaḥ, śākabilvaḥ, rājakuṣmāṇḍaḥ, vṛntākaḥ, vaṅgaṇaḥ, aṅgaṇaḥ, kaṇṭavṛntākī, kaṇṭāluḥ, kaṇṭapatrikā, nidrāluḥ, māṃsaphalakaḥ, mahoṭikā, citraphalā, kaṇcakinī, mahatī, kaṭphalā, miśravarṇaphalā, nīlaphalā, raktaphalā, śākaśreṣṭhā, vṛttaphalā, nṛpapriyaphalam   

phalaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ śākārthe upayujyate।

mātā śākārthe vārtākīm utkṛntati।

inī

nīla, sitetara, vinīla, nīlaka   

nīlavarṇīyaḥ।

nīlaṃ gaganaṃ śobhanīyaṃ bhāti।

inī

aśvinī   

saḥ kālaḥ yadā candramāḥ saptaviṃśatiṣu nakṣatreṣu prathame nakṣatre vartate।

mama bhāgineyaḥ aśvinyāṃ jātaḥ।

inī

nirudyogī, nirudyoginī   

yaḥ kimapi kāryaṃ na karoti।

asmākaṃ grāme dvau caturaḥ vā nirudyoginaḥ prāpsyasi eva।

inī

pradarśanī, pradarśinī, pradarśanam   

bhinnānāṃ vastūnāṃ janān darśayitum ekatrīkaraṇam।

atra hastaśilpasya pradarśanī asti।

inī

āvuttaḥ, bhaginīpatiḥ, bhāmahaḥ   

svasuḥ bhartā।

arjunaḥ pradyumnasya āvuttaḥ।

inī

bhāgineyaḥ, svasrīyaḥ, svasriyaḥ, bhaginīputraḥ   

bhaginyāḥ putraḥ।

kṛṣṇaḥ kaṃsasya bhāgineyaḥ।

inī

bhāgineyī, bhaginīputrī   

bhaginyaḥ strī apatyam।

subhadrā kaṃsasya bhāgineyī।

inī

brāhmī, somalatā, sarasvatī, saumyā, suraśreṣṭhā, śāradā, suvarcalā, kapotavagā, vaidhātrī, divyatejāḥ, mahauṣadhī, svayaṃbhuvī, saumyalatā, sureṣṭā, brahmakanyakā, maṇaḍūkamātā, maṇḍukī, surasā, medhyā, vīrā, bhāratī, varā, parameṣṭhinī, divyā, śāradā   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ-yaḥ bheṣajarupeṇa upayujyate yasya guṇāḥ vātāmlapittanāśitvaṃ tathā ca buddhiprajñāmedhākārītvam।

brāhmī prāyaḥ gaṅgātaṭe haridvāranagarasya samīpe dṛśyate।

inī

vajram, kuliśam, bhaduram, paviḥ, śatakoṭiḥ, svaruḥ, śambaḥ, dambholiḥ, aśaniḥ, kulīśam, bhidiram, bhiduḥ, svarus, sambaḥ, saṃvaḥ, aśanī, vajrāṃśaniḥ, jambhāriḥ, tridaśāyudham, śatadhāram, śatāram, āpotram, akṣajam, girikaṇṭakaḥ, gauḥ, abhrottham, meghabhūtiḥ, girijvaraḥ, jāmbaviḥ, dambhaḥ, bhidraḥ, ambujam, hlādinī, didyut, nemiḥ, hetiḥ, namaḥ. sṛkaḥ, vṛkaḥ, vadhaḥ, arkaḥ, kutasaḥ , kuliśaḥ, tujaḥ, tigmam, meniḥ, svadhitiḥ sāyakaḥ, paraśuḥ   

indrasya pradhānaṃ śastram।

ekadā indreṇa hanumān vajreṇa prahṛtaḥ।

inī

vidyut, taḍit, vajrasphuliṅgaḥ, śampā, śatahradā, hrādinī, airāvatī, kṣaṇaprabhā, taḍit, saudāminī, cañcalā, capalā, vījā, saudāmnī, cilamīlikā, sarjjūḥ, aciraprabhā, saudāmanī, asthirā, meghaprabhā, aśaniḥ, vajrā   

pṛthivyāḥ vāyumaṇḍalasthāyāḥ vaidyutāyāḥ ūrjāyāḥ utsargaḥ yad meghānāṃ gharṣaṇāt prādurbhavati tathā ca ākāśe prakāśaṃ tathā ca ghoṣadhvaniṃ janayati।

ākāśe vidyut dedīpyate।

inī

vidhavā, gatabhartṛkā, mṛtapatikā, abhartṛkā, nirnāthā, anāthā, avīrā, yatinī, vṛṣabhī, kātyāyanī, vitantuḥ   

sā mahilā yasyāḥ patiḥ mṛtaḥ asti।

mejara raṇavīraṃ mṛtyoḥ paścāt paramavīracakreṇa sanmānitaṃ kṛtaṃ saḥ sanmānaḥ tasya gatabhartṛkayā svīkṛtaḥ।

inī

nandinī   

hindūdharmagrantheṣu varṇitā vasiṣṭhamuneḥ dhenuḥ।

nandinīṃ sevitvā rājā dilīpaḥ raghunāmakaṃ putraṃ prāptavān।

inī

navamālikā, tārapuṣpaḥ, tilabhāvinī, vyaktagandhā, gaṇakaḥ   

sugandhitānāṃ puṣpāṇāṃ kṣupaḥ।

sādhoḥ kuṭeḥ prāṅgaṇe navamālikā dṛśyate।

inī

arjunī, arvatī, ijyā, bhojyā, masūrikā, dūtī, māsopavāsinī, ratatālī, vibhāvarī, vṛddhayuvatiḥ, mādhavī, śamphalī, śambalī, śambhalī, saṅghāṭikā, sañcārikā, sanālī, sambhalī, akkā, karālā   

kalahaṃ kārayitrī।

arjunyāḥ vacanāni viśvasya sītā ca gītā ca kalahaṃ kṛtavatyau।

inī

madyam, surā, madirā, vāruṇī, halipriyā, hālā, pariśrut, varuṇātmajā, gandhottamā, prasannā, irā, kādambarī, pariśrutā, kaśyam, mānikā, kapiśī, gandhamādanī, mādhavī, kattoyam, madaḥ, kāpiśāyanam, mattā, sītā, capalā, kāminī, priyā, madagandhā, mādhvīkam, madhu, sandhānam, āsavaḥ, amṛtā, vīrā, medhāvī, madanī, supratibhā, manojñā, vidhātā, modinī, halī, guṇāriṣṭam, sarakaḥ, madhūlikā, madotkaṭā, mahānandā, sīdhuḥ, maireyam, balavallabhā, kāraṇam, tatvam, madiṣṭhā, pariplutā, kalpam, svādurasā, śūṇḍā, hārahūram, mārddīkam, madanā, devasṛṣṭā, kāpiśam, abdhijā   

mādakadravapadārthaḥ - yasya sevanaṃ pāpaṃ tathā ca nindanīyam iti manyante।

saḥ pratidinaṃ sāyaṅkāle madyaṃ pītvā gṛham āgacchati।

inī

mohinīvidyā   

ākarṣaṇaśaktiḥ, yasyāṃ prayojitāyāṃ janāḥ prayoktuḥ icchayā kāryaṃ karoti;

kaiścit munayaḥ mohinīvidyāyāḥ prabhāveṇa janān vaśīkaroti iti bahavaḥ janāḥ manyate

inī

upapatnī, upastrī, vaśinī   

vivāhena vināpi yayā saha puruṣaḥ nivasati patnīsadṛśaṃ yayā saha ācarati ca।

purātanīye kāle keṣāñcit rājñāṃ upapatnyaḥ bhavanti sma।

inī

latā, vallī, vratatiḥ, valliḥ, velliḥ, pratatiḥ, vīrut, gulminī, ulupaḥ   

vanaspativiśeṣaḥ bhūmyādeḥ ādhāraṃ gṛhītvā vardhate।

latā vṛkṣasya ādhāreṇa vardhate।

inī

māyāvinī   

sā strī yā anyān vañcayati।

māyāvinī grāmyān vañcitvā apalāyat।

inī

namratā, hrītiḥ, śālīnatā, vinayatā, suvṛttiḥ, vinītatā, nābhimānaḥ, vinītatvam   

vinayena yuktaḥ vyavahāraḥ।

adhikārī namratayā asmākaṃ vacanam aśrṛṇot।

inī

suśīlatā, suśīlatvam, saujanyam, praśrayaḥ, madhurālāpatā, saumyatā, vinītatā   

sādhu ācaraṇam।

suśīlatā strīṇām alaṅkāraḥ asti।

inī

śirīṣaḥ, bhaṇḍilaḥ, bhaṇḍiraḥ, bhaṇḍīlaḥ, bhaṇḍīraḥ, mṛdupuṣpaḥ, śukataruḥ, viśanāśanaḥ, śītapuṣpaḥ, bhaṇḍikaḥ, svarṇapuṣpakaḥ, śukeṣṭaḥ, varhapuṣpaḥ, viṣahantā, supuṣpakaḥ, uddānakaḥ, śukrataruḥ, lomaśapuṣpakaḥ, kapītakaḥ, kaliṅgaḥ, śyāmalaḥ, śaṅkhiniphalaḥ, madhupuṣpaḥ, vṛttapuṣpaḥ, śikhinīphalaḥ, bhaṇḍiḥ, plavagaḥ, śukapuṣpaḥ   

tīkṣṇasārāsadṛśaḥ dīrghaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

śirīṣasya kāṣṭhaṃ dṛḍham asti।

inī

sahagāminī   

patyuḥ mṛtadehena saha yā ātmānaṃ tasya citāyāṃ dahati।

mugalakālīne samāje adhikatarāḥ kṣatriyāḥ striyaḥ patyuḥ mṛtyoḥ anantaraṃ sahagāminyaḥ abhavan।

inī

vinī, anuśās, śās, śikṣaya   

viśiṣṭayā prakriyayā adhyāpanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

imaṃ śvānam ārakṣiṇaḥ vinayanti।

inī

māninī   

ekaḥ chandaḥ ;

nanamayayayuteyaṃ mālinī bhogilokaiḥ

inī

haridrā, harit, suvarṇā, kāñcanī, pītā, gaurī, svarṇavarṇā, kāverī, umā, śivā, dīrgharāgā, haladdī, pauñjā, pītavālukā, hemanāśā, rañjanī, bhaṅgavāsā, gharṣiṇī, pītikā, rajanī, mehaghnī, bahulā, varṇinī, rātrināmikā, niśāhvā, niśā, śarvarī, varavarṇinī, varṇadātā, maṅgalapradā, hemarāgiṇī, gharṣaṇī, janeṣṭā, kṛmaghnī, lasā, yāminī, varāṅgī, varā, varṇadātrī, pavitrā, haritā, viṣaghnī, piṅgā, maṅgalyā, maṅgalā, lakṣmīḥ, bhadrā, śiphā, śobhā, śobhanā, subhagāhvayā, śyāmā, jayantikā   

oṣadhimūlaviśeṣaḥ। haridrā nāma oṣadheḥ pītavarṇīyāni mūlāni ye janaiḥ pākādiṣu vyañjanatvena upayujyante। raktaśuddhikaratvāt te bheṣaje tathā ca dehavarṇavidhāyitvāt ca prasādhakeṣu upayujyante।

haridrāyāḥ lepena tvakśuddhiḥ bhavati।

inī

madhu-yāminī   

vivāhād anantaraṃ sā yāminī yadā vadhūvarasya prathamaṃ samāgamaṃ bhavati।

madhu-yāminī dāmpatyajīvanasya prathamā yāminī asti।

inī

sūkṣmadarśinī, sūkṣmadarśanayantram   

tad yantraṃ yena darśanena sūkṣmāṇi vastūni api darśanayogyāni bhavanti।

vaijñānikaḥ prayogaśālāyāṃ sūkṣmadarśinyā amībā iti sūkṣmajīvaṃ paśyati।

inī

śacī, śaciḥ, indrāṇī, paulomī, pulomajā, sacī, saciḥ, pūtakratāyī, māhendrī, aindrī, jayavāhinī, śatāvarī   

indrasya patnī।

pulomnaḥ kanyā śacī।

inī

elā, elīkā, bahulagandhā, aindrī, drāviḍī, kapotaparṇī, bālā, balavatī, himā, candrikā, sāgaragāminī, gandhālīgarbhaḥ, kāyasthā, upakuñcikā, tutthā, koraṅgī, tripuṭā, truṭiḥ   

phalaviśeṣaḥ-tat phalaṃ yasya sugandhitāni bījāni upaskararupeṇa upayujyante।

mohanaḥ svādāya kaṣāye elāṃ yojayati।

inī

kaṅkatam, kaṅkatikā, kaṅakataḥ, veṇivedhinī, keśamārjakam, keśamārjanam, keśamārjanī, prasādhanam, keśaprasādhanam, prasādhanī, phalī, phalikā, phaliḥ   

keśaprasādhanārthaṃ kāṣṭhādinirmitadravyam।

sītā kaṅkatena keśān avamārṣṭi।

inī

laghukaṇṭakī, alambuṣā, lajjinī   

kaṇḍakayuktaḥ laghuḥ kṣupaḥ।

sparśāt laghukaṇṭakyāḥ parṇāḥ ākuñcanti।

inī

tapasvinī, yoginī   

yogayuktā tapoyuktā vā strī।

guhāpraviṣṭaḥ saḥ śivaliṅgasya purataḥ upaviṣṭāṃ śvetavastradhāriṇīṃ tapasvinīm apaśyat।

inī

tapasvinī, tāpasī   

strītvaviśiṣṭā tapasvī।

tapasvinī tapasvinā saha tapasyāṃ karoti।

inī

kośātakī, kṛtachidrā, jālinī, kṛtavedhanā, kṣveḍā, sutiktā, ghaṇṭālī   

latāviśeṣaḥ yasyāḥ dīrghaphalāt śākam nirmīyate।

chāde kośātakī sarvadūre gatā।

inī

devotthānaikādaśī, prabodhinī-ekādaśī   

kārtikamāsasya śuklapakṣe vartamānā ekādaśī।

devotthānaikādaśyāṃ viṣṇuḥ śeṣasya mañcāt uttiṣṭhati iti manyate।

inī

dainandinī   

sā ṭippaṇīpustikā yasyām ādinaṃ yāvat kṛtānāṃ kāryāṇāṃ ṭippaṇaṃ kriyate athavā keṣāñcana janānāṃ nāmasaṅketādayaḥ likhyante।

gṛhatyāgasya kāraṇaṃ mīrā dainandinyām alikhat।

inī

padminī   

caturvidhastrīmadhye strīviśeṣaḥ।

padminī komalāṅgī suśīlā rūpavatī tathā ca pativratā asti।

inī

kācanam, kācanakam, bandhinī   

tad vastu yena kimapi badhyate।

saḥ idānīmapi pādatrasya kācanaṃ baddhum asamarthaḥ।

inī

dalamālinī   

śākaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ parṇaiḥ baddhaḥ asti।

mātā dalamālinyāḥ śākaṃ nirmiyate।

inī

dhīvaraḥ, dhīvā, śākunikaḥ, śākunī, kaivartaḥ, kaivartakaḥ, kevartaḥ, jālikaḥ, ānāyī, abdhijīvī, kupinī, choṭī, jalacarājīvaḥ, timighātī, dāśaḥ, dāsaḥ, dāśeraḥ, dāseraḥ, dāśerakaḥ, dāserakaḥ, puñjiṣṭhaḥ, matsyaghātī, matsyajīvā, matsyajīvī, matsyabandhaḥ, matsyahā, matsyopajīvī, mātsikaḥ, mātsyikaḥ, mīnaghātī, mīnāriḥ, mainālaḥ, vāryupajīvī, śākulikaḥ, śāpharikaḥ, salilopajīvī   

yaḥ matsyān jāle baddhvā krīṇāti।

vārdalāt dhīvarāḥ samudre matsyabandhanārthe na gatāḥ।

inī

svāminī, adhiṣṭhātrī, śāsitrī, īśvarī, bhaṭṭinī   

keṣāñcit vastusthānādīnām adhikāriṇī strī।

śrīmatī urmilāagravālamahodayā asya āpaṇasya svāminī asti।

inī

methikā, methinī, methī, dīpanī, bahuputrikā, bodhinī, gandhabījā, jyotiḥ, gandhaphalā, vallarī, candrikā, manthā, miśrapuṣpā, keravī, kuñcikā, bahuparṇī, pītabījā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ yasya parṇānāṃ śākaṃ kriyate।

saḥ gṛhasya pṛṣṭhabhāge ekasmin laghukhaṇḍe methikām avapat।

inī

methinī, methī, dīpanī, bahuputrikā, bodhinī, gandhabījā, jyotiḥ, gandhaphalā, vallarī, candrikā, manthā, miśrapuṣpā, keravī, kuñcikā, bahuparṇī, pītabījā   

ekasya kṣupaviśeṣasya bījam।

methinyāḥ upayogaḥ vyañjanarūpeṇa kriyate।

inī

mohinī   

viṣṇoḥ avatāraviśeṣaḥ, samudramanthanakāle devānāmāmṛtapānāyāsurāṇāṃ mohanāya ca bhagavadavatāraḥ;

sarvāḥ asurāḥ mohinyāḥ rūpeṇa ākṛṣṭā / dhānvantaraṃ dvādaśamaṃ trayodaśamameva ca apāyayat surānanyān mohinyā mohayan striyā

inī

nepālī, nepālinī, nepālavāsī, nepālavāsinī   

nepāladeśasya nivāsī।

tena gṛharakṣaṇārthaṃ ekaḥ nepālī prayuktaḥ।

inī

lālā, syandinī, lasikā, drāvikā, sṛṇīkā, sṛṇikā, syandanī, lāsaḥ, āsyāsavaḥ, mukhasrāvaḥ, vadanāsavaḥ, vaktrāsavaḥ   

mukhāt sravamāṇaḥ rasaḥ।

putrasya mukhāt sravamāṇāṃ lālāṃ mātā punaḥ punaḥ proñchayati।

inī

vinītatā, suvṛttiḥ   

mithyācārarahitasya ācaraṇasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

munayaḥ vinītatayā jīvanaṃ yāpayitum icchanti।

inī

sūryamukhī, śrīhastinī, arkapuṣpī, varadā, varāhakālī, supatra   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ yasya pītavarṇīyāni puṣpāṇi dine saralaṃ tiṣṭhanti rātrau ca ānatāni bhavanti।

kṛṣakaḥ sūryamukheḥ siñcanaṃ karoti।

inī

hiṅguḥ, hiṅgukaḥ, sahasravedhī, sahasravīryā, śūlahṛt, śūlahṛd, śūlanāśinī, śūladviṭ, śālasāraḥ, vāhikaḥ, rāmaṭhaḥ, rāmaṭham, ramaṭhadhvaniḥ, ramaṭham, rakṣoghnaḥ, bhedanam, bhūtāriḥ, bhūtanāśanaḥ, billam, villam, bāhlikam, balhikam, piṇyākaḥ, piṇyākam, pinyāsaḥ, dīptam, ugragandham, ugravīryam, atyugram, agūḍhagandham, jatukam, jantughnam, bālhī, sūpadhūpanam, jatu, jantunāśanam, sūpāṅgam, gṛhiṇī, madhurā, keśaram   

upaskaraviśeṣaḥ- bālhika-pārasya-khorāsāna-mūlatānādi-deśe jāyamānāt kṣupāt niryāsitam ugragandhī dravyam।

hiṅguḥ upaskararūpeṇa vyañjaneṣu tathā ca oṣadhirupeṇa bheṣajeṣu upayujyate।

inī

deśāntarādhivāsī, anyadeśavivatmuḥ, deśāntarādhivāsinī   

yaḥ anyadeśe nivasanti।

bhāratasarvakāreṇa kebhyaścit deśāntarādhivāsibhyaḥ bhāratadeśasya nāgarikatā pradīyate।

inī

mṛṇālam, visam, viśam, padmanālam, mṛṇālī, mṛṇālinī, padmatantuḥ, visinī, nalinīruham   

padmasya nālam।

mṛṇālaṃ mṛdu tathā ca suṣiram asti।

inī

bhāratīyaḥ, bhāratavāsī, bhāratīyā, bhāratavāsinī   

bhāratadeśasya nivāsī।

tiraṅgādhvajaḥ bhāratīyānāṃ gauravam asti।

inī

arṇavapotaḥ, samudrayānam, kaṇṭhālaḥ, jalayānam, tarantī, nāvaḥ, naukā, nau, pariplavaḥ, potram, bohitthaḥ, bohittham, maṅginī, rokam, vārbaṭaḥ, vārvaṭaḥ   

yantracālitaṃ tat yānaṃ yad samudraṃ gacchati।

hyaḥ asmābhiḥ bhāratadeśasya nausenāyāḥ virāṭa iti arṇavapotaḥ dṛṣṭaḥ।

inī

aśvinī, aśvayuk   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargataprathamanakṣatram।

aśvinyāḥ anantaraṃ bharaṇī āgacchati।

inī

argalā, kīlaḥ, dvārabandhanī, viṣkambham, rodhinī   

kīlyate anena iti।

argalayā saha vṛṣabhaḥ dhāvati।

inī

mandākinī   

gaṅgāyāḥ ekā sāhāyikā nadī।

mandākinī himālayāt udbhūtā laghvī nadī asti।

inī

tāpamāpinī, tāpamāpakaḥ   

tad upakaraṇaṃ yena tāpamānaṃ parimīyate।

jvareṇa pīḍitasya bālakasya śarīrasya tāpaṃ mātuṃ tena tāpamāpinī ānītā।

inī

damanakaḥ, damanaḥ, dāntaḥ, gandhotkaṭā, muniḥ, jaṭilā, daṇḍī, pāṇḍurāgaḥ, brahmajaṭā, puṇḍarīkaḥ, tāpasapatrī, patrī, pavitrakaḥ, devaśekharaḥ, kulapatraḥ, vinītaḥ, tapasvīpatraḥ, muniputraḥ, tapodhanaḥ, gandhotkaṭaḥ, brabmajaṭī, kulaputrakaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ, sugandhīpatrayuktavṛkṣaḥ āyurvede asya guṇāḥ kuṣṭhadoṣadvandvatridoṣaviṣavisphoṭavikāraharatvādi proktāḥ;

dviguṇanagaṇamiha vitanu hi damanakamiti gadati śuci hi [cintāmaṇi]

inī

parpaṭī, rañjanī, kṛṣṇā, jatukā, jananī, janī, jatukṛṣṇā, saṃsparśā, jatukṛt, cakravartinī   

piṣṭakabhedaḥ, uttarabhāratadeśabhavasugandhīdravyam (āyurvede asya viṣavraṇakaṇḍūkaphapittāsrakuṣṭhanāśitvādayaḥ guṇāḥ proktāḥ);

śrāddhavidhau brāhmaṇena lalāṭe parpaṭyāḥ tilakaṃ paridhṛtaḥ

inī

saṃmohinī   

ekaḥ gandhayuktaḥ rāsāyanikaḥ dravapadārthaḥ।

saṃmohanyaḥ āghrāṇena maṇḍukaḥ niśceṣṭaḥ jātaḥ।

inī

kāmāyanī, kāmāyinī, śraddhā   

vaivastamanoḥ patnī।

kāmāyanyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu dṛśyate।

inī

ketakaḥ, ketakī, indukalikā, tīkṣṇapuṣpā, dīrghapatraḥ, pāṃsukā, amarapuṣpaḥ, amarapuṣpakaḥ, kaṇṭadalā, kanakaketakī, kanakapuṣpī, droṇīdalaḥ, karatṛṇam, krakacacchadaḥ, gandhapuṣpaḥ, dalapuṣpā, dalapuṣpī, cakṣuṣyaḥ, cāmarapuṣpaḥ, chinnaruhā, jambālaḥ, jambulaḥ, dhūlipuṣpikā, nṛpapriyā, pharendraḥ, valīnakaḥ, viphalaḥ, vyañjanaḥ, śivadviṣṭā, sugandhinī, sūcipuṣpaḥ, sūcikā, strībhūṣaṇam, sthiragandhaḥ, svarṇaketakī, hanīlaḥ, halīmaḥ, hemaketakī, haimaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ- yasya savāsikasya puṣpasya patrāṇi krakacasya iva tīkṣṇāni santi।

adhunā udyānasthasya ketakasya puṣpaṃ vikasati।

inī

vinīta   

yaḥ nītyā vyavahāraṃ karoti।

vinītaḥ yudhiṣṭhiraḥ sammānārhaḥ asti।

inī

samānatāvādī, samānatāvādinī   

samānatāvādasya samarthakaḥ।

svayaṃghoṣitaḥ saḥ samānatāvādī koṭyādhīśaḥ asti।

inī

aphagāṇavāsī, aphagāṇavāsinī   

aphagāṇisthānasya nivāsī।

raṇagolasya visphoṭe pañcāśat aphagāṇavāsinaḥ hatāḥ।

inī

mūtravāhinī   

upasthe vartamānā sā vāhinī yasmāt mūtram vahati।

rugṇasya mūtravisarjanakāle mūtravāhinyāṃ pīḍā bhavati।

inī

spandamāpinī   

yena śarīre utpannāḥ dhvanayaḥ śrūyante।

prāyaḥ vaidyasya kaṇṭhe spandamāpinī dṛśyate।

inī

padminī   

kamalānāṃ samūhaḥ।

tena padminyaḥ ekaṃ padmam īśvarāya arpitam।

inī

kamalinī, padminī, mṛṇālinī   

kamalasya laghuḥ kṣupaḥ।

eṣā kamalinī kutra prāptā।

inī

kūṣmāṇḍā, kuṣmāṇḍī, kūṣmāṇḍinī   

navadurgāsu ekā yasyai kūṣmāṇḍaṃ rocate।

kūṣmāṇḍāyāḥ pūjanaṃ navarātri-utsave caturthe dine bhavati।

inī

pātraḥ, pātram, pātrā, arhaḥ, arhā, arham, pātram, pātraḥ, pātrā, yogyaḥ, yogyam, yogyā, guṇī, guṇinī, guṇi   

prāptum atha vā svīkartuṃ yogyaḥ।

pātrāya eva brāhmaṇāya dānaṃ deyam।

inī

ākarṣaṇam, ākṛṣṭiḥ, pralobhanam, vilobhanam, mohanam, vimohanam, mohinī, lālanam   

īpsitakāryasiddhyarthaṃ yena kena prakāreṇa anyajanānām icchāpūrteḥ āśvāsanāt prasthāpitaḥ prabhāvaḥ;

nūtanadvicakrīvāhanasya ākarṣaṇāt yuvakaḥ taddivyaṃ kartum udyataḥ

inī

paṃjābanivāsī, paṃjābanivāsinī, pāṃjāba, pāṃjābī   

yaḥ pañjābaprānte vasati।

naike asyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ sadasyāḥ santi।

inī

atyamlaparṇī, tīkṣṇā, kaṇḍurā, valliśūraṇaḥ, karavaḍavallī, vayasthā, araṇyavāsinī, jaṭā   

latāviśeṣaḥ।

satyā atyamlaparṇyāḥ patrāṇi chinatti।

inī

advaitavādī, ekeśvaravādī, advaitavādinī, ekeśvaravādinī   

yaḥ advaitasiddhāntam anusarati।

śaṅkarācāryaḥ advaitavādī āsīt।

inī

haṃsagāminī, kalahaṃsagāminī, haṃsavikrāntagāmitā   

haṃsa iva sundaraṃ gamanaṃ yasyāḥ।

mañce ekā haṃsagāminī svasyāḥ vibhramaiḥ darśakān vyamohayat।

inī

gajagāminī   

gaja iva mandaṃ gamanaṃ yasyāḥ।

nāṭakasya ārambhe eva mañce kecana gajagāminyaḥ dṛṣṭāḥ।

inī

dāruharidrā, pītadruḥ, kālīyakaḥ, haridravaḥ, dārvī, pacampacā, parjanī, pītikā, pītadāru, sthirarāgā, kāminī, kaṭaṅkaṭerī, parjanyā, pītā, dāruniśā, kālīyakam, kāmavatī, dārūpītā, karkaṭinī, dāru, niśā, haridrā   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

dāruharidrāyāḥ kāṇḍaḥ mūlaṃ ca auṣadharūpeṇa upayujyate।

inī

kāminī   

rāgiṇīviśeṣaḥ।

kāminī kāmoda-rāgasya patnī asti।

inī

añjanakeśī, haṭṭavilāsinī, dhamanī, hanuḥ, vyāghranakham, nakham, nakharī   

gandhadravyaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ jalaśukteḥ athavā mahāśaṅkhasya jāteḥ jantoḥ mukhāvaraṇasya pidhānaṃ bhavati।

añjanakeśī kadācit golākārikā vā nakhavat ardhacandrākārikā vā bhavati।

inī

trāyamāṇā, vārṣikam, trāyantī, balabhadrikā, trāyamāṇikā, balabhadrā, sukāmā, vārṣikī, girijā, anujā, māṅgalyārhā, devabalā, pālinī, bhayanāśinī, avanī, rakṣaṇī, trāṇā, subhadrāṇī, bhadranāmikā   

ekā latā yasyāḥ bījaṃ auṣadhaṃ bhavati।

trāyamāṇāyāḥ bījaṃ śītalaṃ tridoṣanāśakaṃ ca bhavati।

inī

śayanabodhinī-ekādaśī   

mārgaśīrṣamāsasya kṛṣṇapakṣasya ekādaśī।

śyāmaḥ śayanabodhinī-ekādaśyāṃ jātaḥ।

inī

anīkinī   

akṣauhiṇīdaśamāṃśeyaḥ sainyasaṃkhyāviśeṣaḥ।

anīkinyāṃ 6561 aśvāḥ 2187 hastinaḥ 10935 padātayaḥ 2187 rathāḥ ca samudāyena 21870 bhavanti।

inī

parivādinī   

saptatantriyuktavīṇā।

mohanaḥ parivādinīṃ vādayati।

inī

darśayitā, darśayitrī, mārgākhyāyī, mārgākhyāyinī, deśikaḥ, deśikā   

yaḥ kasminnapi paryaṭanasthale tasya sthalasya vijñāpanaṃ dadāti।

darśayitā paryaṭanasthalasya viṣaye bahuvidhaṃ vijñāpayati।

inī

dhātupuṣpikā, subhikṣā, agnijvālā, vahnipuṣpī, tāmrapuṣpī, dhāvanī, pārvatī, dhātakī, bahupuṣpikā, kusudā, sīdhupuṣpī, kuñjarā, madyavāsinī, gucchapuṣpī, sandhapuṣpī, rodhrapuṣpiṇī, tīvrajvālā, vahniśikhā, madyapuṣpā, dhātṛpuṣpī, dhātupuṣpī, dhātṛpuṣpikā, dhātrī, dhātupuṣpikā   

auṣadhopayogī vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

dhātupuṣpikā unnatā sundarā ca bhavati।

inī

jayī, jayinī, jetā, jetrī, vijayī, vijayinī, saṃjit, saṃjit   

yena vijayaḥ prāptaḥ।

janaiḥ jayī skandhebhyaḥ uddhṛtaḥ।

inī

śālmalī, picchilā, pūraṇī, mocā, sthirāyuḥ, śālmalaḥ, śālmalinī, tulinī, kukkuṭī, raktapuṣpā, kaṇṭakārī, mocinī, cirajīvī, picchilaḥ, raktapuṣpakaḥ, tūlavṛkṣaḥ, mocākhyaḥ, kaṇṭakadrumaḥ, raktotpalaḥ, ramyapuṣpaḥ, bahuvīryaḥ, yamadrumaḥ, dīrghadrumaḥ, sthūlaphalaḥ, dīrghāyuḥ, kaṇṭakāṣṭhaḥ   

ekaḥ bṛhat vṛkṣaḥ yasmin raktapuṣpāṇi bhavanti।

śālmalyāḥ phalasya adhobhāge kārpāsaḥ bhavati।

inī

malinaya, malinībhū, samalīkṛ, malīmasīkṛ, kalaṅkaya   

kasyacana vastunaḥ anyasmin vastuni lāñchanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

masiḥ vastrān amalinayat।

inī

abhinīta, arha   

kasyacit kṛte āparimāṇaṃ paryāptañca।

mama kṛte etat āstaraṇam abhinītam asti।

inī

praśaṃsakaḥ, praśaṃsikā, praśaṃsī, praśaṃsinī   

yaḥ kasyacit praśaṃsāṃ karoti।

praśaṃsakaiḥ netuḥ bhūri ādarasatkāraḥ kṛtaḥ।

inī

nirguṇḍī, śephālikā, śephālī, nīlikā, malikā, suvahā, rajanīhāsā, niśipuṣpikā, sindhukaḥ, sindrakaḥ, sindrarāvaḥ, indrasuṣiraḥ, indrāṇikā, sindhuvāraḥ, indrasurasaḥ, nirguṇṭhī, indrāṇī, paulomī, śakrāṇī, kāsanāśinī, visundhakaḥ, sindhakam, surasaḥ, sindhuvāritaḥ, surasā, sindhuvārakaḥ   

ṣaḍ ārabhya dvāviṃśatiḥ pādonnataḥ nityaharitakṣupaḥ yasmin bhavati tuvaryāḥ iva pañcapatrāṇi evaṃ śākhāyāṃ laghūni romāṇi ca।

nirguṇḍyāḥ patramūlāni tu auṣadheṣu upayujyante।

inī

ginī   

ekaḥ khagaprakāraḥ;

ginī aphrīkākhaṇḍe asti

inī

pāpī, pātakī, pātakarmī, mlecchaḥ, enasvī, pāpakartā, pāpācārī, pāpātmā, pāpinī, pātakinī, pātakarmiṇī, mlecchā, enasvinī, pāpakartrī, pāpācāriṇī, pāpātmanī   

yaḥ pāpaṃ karoti athavā yaḥ pāpaṃ kṛtavān।

pāpināṃ jīvane aśāṃtiḥ vartate।

inī

pratibhāvān, pratibhāvatī, pratibhāśālī, dhīmān, dhīmatī, prajñaḥ, prajñā, sudhīḥ, guṇī, guṇinī, guṇavān, guṇavatī, dakṣaḥ, dakṣā   

pratibhāyuktaḥ।

asmākaṃ prayogaśālāyāṃ pratibhāśālinām abhāvaḥ nāsti।

inī

praṣṭā, praṣṭī, pṛcchakaḥ, pṛcchikā, praśnī, praśninī   

yaḥ praśnaṃ karoti।

sarveṣāṃ praśninaḥ praśnānām uttaraṇam adhunā asambhavam eva।

inī

elā, bahvalagandhā, aindrī, drāviḍī, kapotaparṇī, bālā, balavatī, himā, candrikā, sāgaragāminī, gandhālīgarbhaḥ, elikā, kāyasthā   

ekaḥ sāṃvatsaraḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya phalebhyaḥ prāptāni sugandhitāni bījāni vyañjane prayujyante।

asyāṃ vāṭikāyāṃ elāyāḥ vṛkṣāṇi santi।

inī

keśinī   

ekā apsarāḥ।

keśinyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

inī

keśinī   

rājñaḥ sagarasya patnī।

keśinyāḥ putrān kapilamuniḥ jaghāna।

inī

keśinī   

pārvatyāḥ sakhī।

keśinī pārvatyāḥ ātmīyā sakhī āsīt।

inī

ginī-bisovadeśīya-pesauḥ   

ginī-bisovadeśe pracalitā mudrā।

ekasya ginī-bisovadeśīya-pesāḥ kati rupyakāṇāṃ tulyaḥ asti।

inī

saudāmanī, saudāminī   

ekā apsarāḥ।

saudāmanyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

inī

saudāmanī, saudāminī   

ekā rāgiṇī।

gāyakaḥ saudāmanīṃ gāyati।

inī

śālvakinī   

ekā paurāṇikī nadī।

śālvakinyāḥ varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe vartate।

inī

śālūkinītīrtham   

ekaṃ paurāṇikaṃ tīrtham।

śālūkinītīrthasya varṇanaṃ mahābhārate prāpyate।

inī

husainīkānhaḍā, husainīkānhaḍārāgaḥ   

sampūrṇajāteḥ ekaḥ rāgaḥ।

saḍa़gītajñaḥ husainīkānhaḍa़āṃ gāyati।

inī

jīvantī, jīvanī, jīvā, jīvanīyā, madhusravā, madhuḥ, sravā, payasvinī, jīvyā, jīvadā, jīvadātrī, śākaśreṣṭhā, jīvabhadrā, bhadrā, maṅgalyā, kṣudrajīvā, yaśasyā, śṛṅgāṭī, jīvadṛṣṭā, kāñjikā, śaśaśimbikā, supiṅgalā, madhuśvāsā, jīvavṛṣā, sukhaṅkarī, mṛgarāṭikā, jīvapatrī, jīvapuṣpā, jīvanī   

latāviśeṣaḥ।

jīvantī auṣadharūpeṇa upayujyate।

inī

pramāthinī   

ekā apsarāḥ।

pramāthinyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vidyate।

inī

indrapuṣpā, indrapuṣpī, indrapuṣpikā, indupuṣpikā, amūlā, dīptaḥ, vahniśikhā, kalihārī, manojavā, vahnivaktrā, puṣpasaurabhā, viśalyā, vahnicakrā, halinī, puṣā, halī, vidyujjvālā   

bhāratasya dakṣiṇe vardhamānaḥ ekaḥ kṣupaḥ yaḥ oṣadhyāṃ prayujyate।

indrapuṣpāyāḥ patrāṇāṃ kaṇḍānā ca kaṣāyaṃ pīnasāya lābhadāyakaṃ bhavati।

inī

rajasvalā, ṛtumatī, puṣpitā, ṛtumatī, kusumavatī, udakyā, madhyamikā, puṣpavatī, puṣpahāsā, avi, dṛṣṭapuṣpā, brahmaghātinī, mlānāṅgī   

sā strī yasyāḥ rajaṃ pravahati।

garbhasya dhāraṇāya akṣamā rajasvalā janaiḥ pīḍitā।

inī

vikalaḥ, vikalā, vikalāṅgī, vikalāṅginī, hīnāṅgaḥ, hīnāṅgī, aṅgavikalaḥ, aṅgavikalā   

yasya hastaḥ avayavaḥ vā yogyarūreṇa kāryaṃ na karoti।

ekaḥ vikalaḥ mukhe lekhanīṃ dhṛtvā likhati।

inī

abhimānī, garvitaḥ, avaliptaḥ, sagarvaḥ, sadarpaḥ, utsiktaḥ, sāṭopaḥ, sāhaṃkāraḥ, ahaṃmānī, mattaḥ, samunnaddhaḥ, dhṛṣṭaḥ, pratibhāvān, garvitacittaḥ, madoddhataḥ, darpādhmātaḥ, smayākulaḥ, ahaṃkṛtaḥ, abhimāninī, garvitā, avaliptā, sagarvā, sadarpā, utsiktā, sāṭopā, sāhaṃkārī, ahaṃmāninī, mattā, samunnaddhā, dhṛṣṭā, pratibhāvatī, garvitacittā, madoddhatā, darpādhmātā, smayākulā, ahaṃkṛtā   

yasya abhimānaḥ vartate।

ahaṃ tasya abhimāninaḥ chāyāyāḥ api dūraṃ sthātum icchāmi।

inī

dhārāvāhinī, dhāravāhikaḥ   

dūradarśanādiṣu prasāryamāṇāḥ nāṭakādayaḥ yatra ghaṭanākramaḥ pradhānaḥ vartate yacca viśiṣṭānāṃ pātrāṇāṃ jīvanaṃ darśayati।

dūradarśane prasāryamāṇānāṃ sarvāsāṃ dhārāvāhinīnāṃ kathāḥ samānāḥ eva bhānti।

inī

raktikā, rakti, aruṇā, indrāśanaḥ, ripughātinī, vakraśalyā, śikhaṇḍin, śītapākī, śikhaṇḍī, śyāmalakacūḍā, saumyā, vanyaḥ, bādaram, kaṇīci, kakṣyā   

latāviśeṣaḥ।

raktikāyāḥ bījāḥ raktāḥ bhavanti।

inī

śaṅkhapuṣpī, śaṅkhāhvā, śaṅkhamālini, śaṅkhanāmnī, śaṅkhapuṣpikā, śaṅkhikā, supuṣpī, śatapuṣpaḥ, śaṅkhakusumam, kambupuṣpī, kirīṭī, kṣīrapuṣpī, jalajasumanā, bhūlagnā, maṅgalyakusumā, maṅgalyā, vanavilāsinī   

śaṅkhākārakaṃ puṣpaṃ yasyāḥ sā tathoktā latāviśeṣaḥ yā bhārate sarvatra dṛśyate oṣadhyāṃ ca prayujyate।

śaṅkhapuṣpī bhūmau prasarati laghu tṛṇam iva ca dṛśyate।

inī

supratīkinī   

supratīkanāmakasya mahāgajasya patnī।

supratīkinyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

inī

gāndinī   

akrūrasya mātā।

gāndinyāḥ varṇanaṃ bhāgavate vartate।

inī

paraṃparāvādī, paraṃparāvādinī   

paraṃparāvāde yasya niṣṭhā asti।

paraṃparāvādibhiḥ saha mama na kopi vivādaḥ।

inī

dohadavatī, śraddhāluḥ, dohadānvitā, daurhṛdinī   

annapānādidravyaviśeṣābhilāṣavatī garbhavatī।

dohadavatyai viśeṣā śraddhā deyā।

inī

bhāminī, kopanā, bhāmā   

kruddhā strī।

bhāmā svasya bālakān tāḍitavatī।

inī

rāṣṭravādī, rāṣṭravādinī   

yaḥ rāṣṭravādaṃ samarthayati।

rāṣṭravādināṃ kṛte rāṣṭrasya hitaṃ mūrdhni vartate।

inī

aśiṣṭa, avinīta, ayukta, ayogya, anucita, asaṅgata, anupayukta   

yad samāje svīkṛtaṃ nāsti।

bhavatsadṛśena puruṣeṇa anupayuktāyāḥ bhāṣāyāḥ prayogaḥ na kartavyaḥ।

inī

paścimamedinīpuramaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

paścimamedinīpuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ paścimamedinīpuranagare asti।

inī

pūrvamedinīpuramaṇḍalam   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

pūrvamedinīpuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ pūrvamedinīpuranagare asti।

inī

medinīpuranagaram   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

medinīpuranagaraṃ pūrvapaścimabhāgayoḥ vibhaktam asti।

inī

daivaparaḥ, daivaparā, daivāyattaḥ, daivāyattā, daivaparāyaṇaḥ, daivaparāyaṇā, daivādhīnaḥ, daivādhīnā, daiṣapramāṇakaḥ, daiṣapramāṇakā, diṣṭaparaḥ, diṣṭaparā, daiṣṭikaḥ, daiṣṭikā, daivavādī, daivavādinī   

daivameva ālambanaṃ yasya yasyāḥ vā।

adyāpi daivaparāḥ alpāḥ na santi।

inī

jaṭāmāṃsī, tapasvinī, jaṭā, māṃsī, jaṭilā, lomaśā, misī, naladam, vahninī, peṣī, kṛṣṇajaṭā, jaṭī, kirātinī, jaṭilā, bhṛtajaṭā, peśī, kravyādi, piśitā, piśī, peśinī, jaṭā, hiṃsā, māṃsinī, jaṭālā, naladā, meṣī, tāmasī, cakravartinī, mātā, amṛtajaṭā, jananī, jaṭāvatī, mṛgabhakṣyā, miṃsī, misiḥ, miṣikā, miṣiḥ   

auṣadhīyavanaspateḥ sugandhitaṃ mūlam।

jaṭāmāṃsyāḥ upayogaḥ vibhinneṣu auṣadheṣu bhavati।

inī

devavarṇinī   

viśvaśravāṛṣeḥ patnī।

kuberaḥ devavarṇinyāḥ garbhāt jātaḥ।

inī

jatukālatā, jatukā, jatukārī, jananī, cakravartinī, tiryakphalā, niśāndhā, bahuputrī, suputrikā, rājavṛkṣā, janeṣṭā, kapikacchuphalopamā, rañjanī, sūkṣmavallī, bhramarī, kṛṣṇavallikā, vijjulikā, kṛṣṇaruhā, granthaparṇī, suvarcikā, taruvallī, dīrghaphalā   

latāviśeṣaḥ।

jatukālatāyāḥ parṇāni bheṣajarūpeṇa upayujyante।

inī

nainītālamaṇḍalam   

bhāratasya uttarāñcale vartamānaṃ maṇḍalam।

nainītālamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ nainītālanagare asti।

inī

nainītālanagaram   

bhāratasya uttarāñcale vartamānaṃ nagaram।

grīṣmakāle nainītālanagare bahavaḥ paryaṭakāḥ āgacchanti।

inī

sadācārin, vinīta, śiṣṭācārin, sācāra   

śiṣṭācārasampannaḥ।

sītā sundarī śikṣitā sadācāriṇī vartate।

inī

sūryaḥ, sūraḥ, aryamā, ādityaḥ, dvādaśātmā, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vradhraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, bhāsvān, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, vivarttanaḥ, arkaḥ, mārttaṇḍaḥ, mihiraḥ, aruṇaḥ, vṛṣā, dyumaṇiḥ, taraṇiḥ, mitraḥ, citrabhānuḥ, virocan, vibhāvasuḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, bhānuḥ, haṃsaḥ, sahastrāṃśuḥ, tapanaḥ, savitā, raviḥ, śūraḥ, bhagaḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, hariḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, caṇḍāṃśuḥ, saptasaptiḥ, aṃśumālī, kāśyapeyaḥ, khagaḥ, bhānumān, lokalocanaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, jyotiṣmān, avyathaḥ, tāpanaḥ, citrarathaḥ, khamaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, gabhastihastaḥ, heliḥ, pataṃgaḥ, arcciḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, vedodayaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, graharājaḥ, tamonudaḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotiḥpīthaḥ, inaḥ, karmmasākṣī, jagaccakṣuḥ, trayītapaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, khadyotaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, aṃśuhastaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretāḥ, pītaḥ, adriḥ, agaḥ, harivāhanaḥ, ambarīṣaḥ, dhāmanidhiḥ, himārātiḥ, gopatiḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, tamopahaḥ, gabhastiḥ, savitraḥ, pūṣā, viśvapā, divasakaraḥ, dinakṛt, dinapatiḥ, dyupatiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, nabhomaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, viyanmaṇiḥ, timiraripuḥ, dhvāntārātiḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, bhākoṣaḥ, tejaḥpuñjaḥ, bhānemiḥ, khakholkaḥ, khadyotanaḥ, virocanaḥ, nabhaścakṣūḥ, lokacakṣūḥ, jagatsākṣī, graharājaḥ, tapatāmpatiḥ, sahastrakiraṇaḥ, kiraṇamālī, marīcimālī, aṃśudharaḥ, kiraṇaḥ, aṃśubharttā, aṃśuvāṇaḥ, caṇḍakiraṇaḥ, dharmāṃśuḥ, tīkṣṇāṃśuḥ, kharāṃśuḥ, caṇḍaraśmiḥ, caṇḍamarīciḥ, caṇḍadīdhitiḥ, aśītamarīciḥ, aśītakaraḥ, śubharaśmiḥ, pratibhāvān, vibhāvān, vibhāvasuḥ, pacataḥ, pacelimaḥ, śuṣṇaḥ, gaganādhvagaḥ, gaṇadhvajaḥ, khacaraḥ, gaganavihārī, padmagarbhaḥ, padmāsanaḥ, sadāgatiḥ, haridaśvaḥ, maṇimān, jīviteśaḥ, murottamaḥ, kāśyapī, mṛtāṇḍaḥ, dvādaśātmakaḥ, kāmaḥ, kālacakraḥ, kauśikaḥ, citrarathaḥ, śīghragaḥ, saptasaptiḥ   

hindūnāṃ dharmagrantheṣu varṇitā ekā devatā।

vedeṣu sūryasya pūjāyāḥ vāraṃvāraṃ vidhānam asti।

inī

somaḥ, candraḥ, śaśāṅkaḥ, induḥ, mayaṅkaḥ, kalānidhiḥ, kalānāthaḥ, kalādharaḥ, himāṃśuḥ, candramāḥ, kumudabāndhavaḥ, vidhuḥ, sudhāṃśuḥ, śubhrāṃśuḥ, oṣadhīśaḥ, niśāpatiḥ, abjaḥ, jaivātṛkaḥ, somaḥ, glauḥ, mṛgāṅkaḥ, dvijarājaḥ, śaśadharaḥ, nakṣatreśaḥ, kṣapākaraḥ, doṣākaraḥ, niśīthinīnāthaḥ, śarvarīśaḥ, eṇāṅkaḥ, śītaraśmiḥ, samudranavanītaḥ, sārasaḥ, śvetavāhanaḥ, nakṣatranāmiḥ, uḍupaḥ, sudhāsūtiḥ, tithipraṇīḥ, amatiḥ, candiraḥ, citrāṭīraḥ, pakṣadharaḥ, rohiṇīśaḥ, atrinetrajaḥ, pakṣajaḥ, sindhujanmā, daśāśvaḥ, māḥ, tārāpīḍaḥ, niśāmaṇiḥ, mṛgalāñchanaḥ, darśavipat, chāyāmṛgadharaḥ, grahanemiḥ, dākṣāyaṇīpati, lakṣmīsahajaḥ, sudhākaraḥ, sudhādhāraḥ, śītabhānuḥ, tamoharaḥ, tuśārakiraṇaḥ, pariḥ, himadyutiḥ, dvijapatiḥ, viśvapsā, amṛtadīdhitiḥ, hariṇāṅkaḥ, rohiṇīpatiḥ, sindhunandanaḥ, tamonut, eṇatilakaḥ, kumudeśaḥ, kṣīrodanandanaḥ, kāntaḥ, kalāvān, yāminījatiḥ, sijraḥ, mṛgapipluḥ, sudhānidhiḥ, tuṅgī, pakṣajanmā, abdhīnavanītakaḥ, pīyūṣamahāḥ, śītamarīciḥ, śītalaḥ, trinetracūḍāmaṇiḥ, atrinetrabhūḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, parijñāḥ, sudhāṅgaḥ, valakṣaguḥ, tuṅgīpatiḥ, yajvanāmpatiḥ, parvvadhiḥ, kleduḥ, jayantaḥ, tapasaḥ, khacamasaḥ, vikasaḥ, daśavājī, śvetavājī, amṛtasūḥ, kaumudīpatiḥ, kumudinīpatiḥ, bhūpatiḥ, dakṣajāpatiḥ, oṣadhīpatiḥ, kalābhṛt, śaśabhṛt, eṇabhṛt, chāyābhṛt, atridṛgjaḥ, niśāratnam, niśākaraḥ, amṛtaḥ, śvetadyutiḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ;

patitaṃ somamālokya brahmā lokapitāmahaḥ[śa.ka]

inī

pṛthivī, bhūḥ, bhūmiḥ, acalā, anantā, rasā, viśvambharā, sthirā, dharā, dharitrī, dharaṇī, kṣauṇī, jyā, kāśyapī, kṣitiḥ, sarvasahā, vasumatī, vasudhā, urvī, vasundharā, gotrā, kuḥ, pṛthvī, kṣmā, avaniḥ, medinī, mahī, dharaṇī, kṣoṇiḥ, kṣauṇiḥ, kṣamā, avanī, mahiḥ, ratnagarbhā, sāgarāmbarā, abdhimekhalā, bhūtadhātrī, ratnāvatī, dehinī, pārā, vipulā, madhyamalokavartmā, dhāraṇī, gandhavatī, mahākāntā, khaṇḍanī, girikarṇikā, dhārayitrī, dhātrī, acalakīlā, gauḥ, abdhidvīpā, iḍā, iḍikā, ilā, ilikā, irā, ādimā, īlā, varā, ādyā, jagatī, pṛthuḥ, bhuvanamātā, niścalā, śyāmā   

martyādyadhiṣṭhānabhūtā।

pṛthivī pañcamam bhūtam

inī

mālinī   

rākṣasīviśeṣaḥ।

mālinī bibhīṣaṇasya mātā āsīt।

inī

nandinī   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

nandinyāṃ trayodaśa varṇāḥ santi।

inī

śālinī   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

śālinyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe krameṇa yagaṇaḥ dvau tagaṇau ante dvau guruvarṇau ca bhavataḥ।

inī

nāṭaya, abhinī   

calaccitre rūpake vā bhāvābhivyaktidvārā anukūraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

asmin citrapaṭe amitābhaḥ sainikarūpeṇa nāṭayati।

inī

ajā, chāgā, chagalam, chelikā, culumpā, payasvinī, bhīru, mañjā, mañjī, sañjā, śubhā, medhyā, galestanī, chāgikā, sarvabhakṣyā, galastanī, mukhaviluṇṭhikā   

romanthakāriṇī।

saḥ ajāḥ tṛṇabhakṣaṇārthe nayati।

inī

medā, medodbhavā, jīvanī, śreṣṭhā, maṇicchidrā, vibhāvarī, vasā, svalpaparṇikā, medaḥsārā, snehavatī, medinī, madhurā, snigdhā, medhā, dravā, sādhvī, śalyadā, bahurandhrikā, puruṣadantikā, jīvanī   

auṣadhiviśeṣaḥ।

medā jvarasya nivāraṇārtham upayuktā bhavati।

inī

māṣaparṇī, hayapucchī, kāmbojī, mahāsahā, siṃhapucchī, ṛṣiproktā, kṛṣṇavṛntā, pāṇḍulomaśaparṇinī, ārdramāṣā, māṃsamāṣā, maṅgalyā, hayapucchikā, haṃsamāṣā, aśvapucchā, pāṇḍurā, māṣaparṇikā, kalyāṇī, vajramūlī, śāliparṇī, visāriṇī, ātmodbhavā, bahuphalā, svayambhūḥ sulabhā, ghanā, siṃhavinnā, viśācikā   

vanamāṣaḥ।

māṣaparṇyāḥ upayogaḥ bheṣajarūpeṇa bhavati।

inī

śikhaṇḍinī   

ekā paurāṇikī mahilā।

śikhaṇḍinī antardhinaḥ patnī āsīt।

inī

mandākinī   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

mandākinyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe krameṇa dvau nagaṇau dvau ragaṇau ca bhavataḥ।

inī

haṃsī, cakrāṅgī, varaṭā, cakrākī, saraḥkākī, haṃsikā, vāralā, haṃsayoṣit, varalā, marālī, mañjugamanā, mṛdugāminī   

strītvaviśiṣṭaḥ haṃsaḥ।

sarasi haṃsasya haṃsyāḥ ca naike yugmāḥ santi।

inī

sunandinī   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

sunandinyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe sagaṇaḥ jagaṇaḥ sagaṇaḥ jagaṇaḥ guruśca bhavati।

inī

sumālinī   

ekā gandharvastrī।

sumālinyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

inī

garbhavatī, antaḥsattvā, āpannasattvā, āptagarbhā, udariṇī, gurviṇī, daurhṛdinī, sagarbhā, sasattvā, dohadavatī, gurvī   

garbhayuktā strī।

garbhavatīnāṃ viśeṣaṃ rakṣaṇaṃ karaṇīyam।

inī

hastināpuram, nāgāhvaḥ, hāstinam, gajāhvayam, gajāhvam, gajasāhvayam, hastinīpuram   

paurāṇikaṃ nagaraṃ yad idānīntanīyāyāḥ dehalyāḥ pañcāśatkilomīṭaraparimitaṃ dūraṃ vartate।

hastināpuraṃ rājñā hastinā sthāpitam āsīt।

inī

madhuvāhinī   

paurāṇikī nadī।

madhuvāhinyāḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate prāpyate।

inī

strīgavī, dhenuḥ, tumbā, nilimpā, rohiṇī, payasvinī   

payoyuktā gauḥ।

rāmeṇa strīgavī krītā।

inī

kākolī, madhurā, kākī, kālikā, vāyasolī, kṣīrā, dhmāṃkṣikā, vīrā, śuklā, dhīrā, medurā, dhmāṃkṣolī, svādumāṃsī, vayaḥsthā, jīvanī, śuklakṣīrā, payasvinī, payasyā, śītapākī   

śatāvaryāḥ iva latāprakāraḥ।

kākolyāḥ mūlaṃ bheṣajarūpeṇa upayujyate।

inī

gambhārī, sarvatobhadrā, kāśmarī, madhuparṇikā, śrīparṇī, bhadraparṇī, kārśmarī, bhadrā, gopabhadrikā, kumudā, sadābhadrā, kaṭphalā, kṛṣṇavṛntikā, kṛṣṇavṛntā, hīrā, sarvatobhadrikā, snigdhaparṇī, subhadrā, kambhārī, gopabhadrā, vidāriṇī, kṣīriṇī, mahābhadrā, madhuparṇī, svarubhadrā, kṛṣṇā, aśvetā, rohiṇī, gṛṣṭiḥ, sthūlatvacā, madhūmatī, suphalā, medinī, mahākumudā, sudṛḍhatvacā   

dṛḍhakāṣṭhayuktaḥ vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya parṇāni pippalavṛkṣasya parṇānām iva bhavanti।

gambhāryāḥ kāṣṭhena nirmitaḥ paṭahaḥ uttamaḥ āsīt।

inī

vāṇinī   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

vāṇinyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe nagaṇaḥ, jagaṇaḥ, bhagaṇaḥ, jagaṇaḥ, ragaṇaḥ tathā ekaḥ guruśca bhavati।

inī

krodhanā, caṇḍī, bhāminī   

krodhamayī strī।

kathañcid eva ahaṃ krodhanāyāḥ dūre agaccham।

inī

dūravedhinīyānam   

dūravedhinīsthāpanasya yānam।

saḥ dūravedhinīyānaṃ cālayati।

inī

sphuliṅginī   

agneḥ saptasu jihvāsu ekā।

sphuliṅginyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

inī

aśvinīkumāraḥ   

sūryaputrau।

aśvinīkumārau devatānāṃ vaidyau āstām।

inī

pramādinī   

hindolarāgasya rāgiṇī।

saṅgītajñaḥ pramādinīṃ pāṭhayati।

inī

suvinīta, mahāśālīna   

atyadhikaḥ namraḥ।

tasya suvinītasya manuṣyasya sarve sammānaṃ kurvanti।

inī

kāminī, kāmavatī   

maithunābhilāṣiṇī strī।

tasyāḥ sātvikena vārtālāpena kāminī śāntā jātā।

inī

avinī   

vinayarahitā strī।

avinītayā saha kaḥ api vārtālāpam api kartuṃ na icchati।

inī

nalinī   

ekā paurāṇikā strī।

nalinī rājñaḥ alamīḍhasya patnī āsīt।

inī

dhūminī   

rājñaḥ ajameḍhasya ekā patnī।

dhūminyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu dṛśyate।

inī

keśinī   

rājñaḥ ajameḍhasya ekā patnī।

keśinyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu dṛśyate।

inī

kalahinī   

śaneḥ patnī।

kalahinyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇe prāpyate।

inī

malinībhū   

amalinaḥ malinaḥ bhavati iti tadanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

etat vastraṃ malinyabhavat।

inī

mālinī   

purāṇeṣu varṇitā nadī।

mālinyāḥ taṭe eva śakuntalā ajāyata।

inī

mālinī   

rucidevasāvarṇi ityākhyasya manoḥ mātā।

mālinyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu vartate।

inī

mohinī-bhīṣmaka-maṇiḥ, amṛta-maṇiḥ   

bhīṣmakamaṇeḥ prakārayoḥ ekaḥ prakāraḥ।

mohinī-bhīṣmaka-maṇiḥ ratnasadṛśaḥ asti।

inī

māyinī, māyākāriṇī, māyā, abhicāriṇī   

strī abhicārī।

māyinī māyāṃ darśayati।

inī

nalinī, manaharaṇam   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

nalinyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe pañca sagaṇāḥ bhavanti।

inī

nalinī   

nārikelanirmitā surā।

kulyāyāḥ taṭe upaviśya dvau karmakarau nalinīṃ pibataḥ।

inī

cāṇḍālinī   

devatāviśeṣaḥ।

grāmasthāḥ janāḥ cāṇḍālinīṃ pūjayanti।

inī

ikṣumālinī   

purāṇeṣu varṇitaḥ nadīviśeṣaḥ।

ikṣumālinī indraparvatāt prabhavati।

inī

sudhākhaṇḍaḥ, kakkhaṭī, kaṭhikā, kaṭhinī, kaṭhinikā, khaṭī, khaṭikā, khaṭinī, khaḍī, khaḍikā   

sudhayā nirmitā ekā yaṣṭiḥ yayā phalakādiṣu likhyate।

adhyāpakaḥ kṛṣṇaphalake sudhākhaṇḍena likhati।

inī

dūravedhinīgṛham   

dūravedhinīnāṃ samūhaḥ।

dūravedhinīgṛhasya abhyāsaḥ kriyate।

inī

raktabandhinī   

śāsanasya kāryālaye vartamānānāṃ patrāṇāṃ raktavarṇīyā bandhinī।

lipikaḥ raktabandhinyāṃ bandhitāni patrāṇi udghāṭayati।

inī

pādukābandhinī   

pādatrāṇaṃ pāde samyaktayā sthātuṃ teṣāṃ bandhanārthaṃ upayuktā bandhinī।

pādukābandhinyāḥ udghāṭanena pādukābandhinī pāde saṃśliṣyati।

inī

pṛthuvāhinī, pṛthuvāhikā   

eṣā sañcāravāhinīnāṃ vidhāsu anyatamā abhīkṣṇatānāṃ vistṛtarājiṃ bibharti prāyeṇa śravyādārabhya dṛśyābhīkṣṇatāparyantam।

naikābhiḥ udyogasaṃsthābhiḥ pṛthuvāhinyāḥ mūlyaṃ nyūnīkṛtam।

inī

vṛttavāhinī   

sā vāhinī yasyāḥ vṛttaṃ prasāryate।

ājataka, ja़ī nyūja़, jiyo nyūja़, bībīsī nyūja़ ityādayaḥ vṛttavāhinyaḥ santi।

inī

ikṣumālinī   

nadīviśeṣaḥ ।

ikṣumālinyāḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate vartate

inī

kaṭabhī, analaprabhā, kukundanī, pārāpatapadī, pītatailā, kanakaprabhā, gīrlatā, jyotirlatā, jyotiṣkā, tejasvinī, tejohvā, tiktakā, niphalā, paṇyā, pārāvatapadī, piṇyā, pūtitailā, bahurasā, lagaṇā, nagaṇā, latā, latāpuṭakī, lavaṇakiṃśukā, śleṣmaghnī, sārasvatī, supiṅgalā, sphuṭaraṅgiṇī, sphuṭavalkalī, sumedhā, suvarṇalatā, suvegā, svarṇalatā, dīptaḥ, lavaṇaḥ, śṛṅgī, nagnaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ ।

kaṭabhyāḥ varṇanaṃ suśrutena kṛtam

inī

kuṇḍinī   

ekā strī ।

patañjalinā kuṇḍikā samullikhitā

inī

vidvanmodinī   

ṭīkāgranthaviśeṣaḥ ।

rāmabhadreṇa raghuvaṃśam iti mahākāvye kṛtā ṭīkā nāma

inī

vinayasvāminī   

prācīne granthe varṇitā kācit mahilā ।

kathāsaritsāgare vinayasvāminyāḥ varṇanam asti

inī

vinītadattaḥ   

kaviviśeṣaḥ ।

vinītadattasya varṇanaṃ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

inī

vinītadevaḥ   

kaviviśeṣaḥ ।

vinītadevasya varṇanaṃ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

inī

vinītasenaḥ   

prācīne granthe varṇitaḥ kaścit puruṣaḥ ।

vinītasenasya varṇanaṃ bauddhasāhitye asti

inī

vinītāśvaḥ   

prācīne granthe varṇitaḥ kaścit puruṣaḥ ।

vinītāśvasya varṇanaṃ hemādreḥ caturvarga-cintāmaṇiḥ ityasmin granthe asti

inī

vinīteśvaraḥ   

kaścit divyaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

tbauddhasāhitye vinīteśvarasya varṇanam asti

inī

vāhinīpatiḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

vāhinīpateḥ varṇanaṃ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

inī

vāhinīśaḥ   

ekaḥpuruṣaḥ ।

vāhinīśasya varṇanaṃ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

inī

kāsanāśinī   

ekaḥ karkaṭaśṛṅgīvṛkṣaḥ ।

yasya varṇanaṃ ratnamālāyāṃ vartate

inī

śālaparṇī, śālaparṇaḥ, triparṇī, triparṇikā, sarivanā, śāliparṇī, dhavaniḥ, śālapatrā, tṛṇagandhā, pītinī, pītanī, rudrajaṭā, saumyā, śālānī, dīrghamūlā, niścalā, vātaghnī, dhruvā, granthaparṇī, kukuraḥ, pīlumūlaḥ, pīvarī, śālikā, śubhapatrikā, nīlapuṣpaḥ, parṇī, astamatī, pālindī, pālindhī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

śālaparṇī bheṣajyarūpeṇa upayujyate

inī

gardabhī, sitakaṇṭakārikā, śvetā, kṣetradūtī, lakṣmaṇā, sitasiṃhī, sitakṣudrā, kṣudravārtākinī, sitā, siktā, kaṭuvārtākinī, kṣetrajā, kapaṭeśvarī, niḥsnehaphalā, vāmā, sitakaṇṭhā, mahauṣadhī, candrikā, cāndrī, priyaṅkarī, nākulī, durlabhā, rāsnā śvetakaṇṭakārī   

ekā latā asyā guṇāḥ rucyatvaṃ kaṭutvaṃ kaphavātanāśitvaṃ cakṣuṣyatvaṃ dīpanatvaṃ rasaniyāmakatvaṃ ca ।

gardabhyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

inī

cāṇḍālinī   

ekā devatā ।

cāṇḍālinyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

inī

vilāsinī   

prācīne granthe varṇitaḥ striyaḥ nāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

vilāsinyāḥ varṇanaṃ kathāsaritsāgare asti

inī

viśvamedinī   

śabdakośaviśeṣaḥ ।

prācīneṣu śabdakośeṣu viśvamedinī ekaḥ kośaḥ

inī

ḍākinī   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

ḍākinyāḥ ullekhaḥ śivapurāṇe vartate

inī

nandinī, bāṇanāśā   

ekā nadī ।

nandinyāḥ ullekhaḥ brahmapurāṇe vartate

inī

nandinī   

skandasya ekā mātā ।

nandinyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

inī

nandinī   

vyāḍeḥ mātā ।

nandinī kośe parigaṇitā

inī

nandinī   

ekā ṭīkā ।

nandinī iti manusmṛteḥ ṭīkā vartate

inī

vetasinī   

ekā nadī ।

vetasinyāḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

inī

vedasinī   

ekā nadī ।

vedasinyāḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

inī

vedinī   

ekā nadī ।

vedinyāḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti

inī

śaṅkhinī   

striyaḥ caturvidheṣu prakāreṣu ekaḥ ।

śaṅkhinyāḥ varṇanaṃ koṣe asti

inī

śabdaśaktiprabodhinī   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śabdaśaktiprabodhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

kuṇḍinī   

ekā strī ।

patañjalinā kuṇḍikā samullikhitā

inī

kulāyinī   

ekaḥ pūjāvidhiḥ ।

kulāyinī lāṭyāyanena nyāyamālāvistarasya ṭīkāyām ullikhitā

inī

kṛttattvabodhinī   

ekaḥ vyākaraṇaprabandhaḥ ।

kṛttattvabodhinī kośe ullikhitā asti

inī

madhuvāhinī   

ekā nadī ।

madhuvāhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

inī

mandākinī   

vṛttaviśeṣaḥ ।

mandākinyāḥ ullekhaḥ chandomañjaryāṃ vartate

inī

śinīkaḥ   

ekaḥ ācāryaḥ ।

śinīkasya ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

inī

śivagītātātparyabodhinī   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śivagītātātparyabodhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

śiśubodhinī   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

śiśubodhinī nāmakānāṃ naikāsāṃ kṛtīnām ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

pratyabhijñāvimarśinī   

pratyabhijñāhṛdaya iti kṛtyāḥ uparī ekā ṭīkā ।

pratyabhijñāvimarśinī iti ṭīkā vāṅmaye prasiddhā

inī

prāyaścittasubodhinī   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye prāyaścittasubodhinī iti khyātā racanā

inī

phalguhastinī   

ekaḥ strīkaviḥ ।

kośeṣu phalguhastinī varṇitā dṛśyate

inī

bakulamālinīpariṇayaḥ   

ekaṃ nāṭakam ।

saṃskṛtasāhitye bakulamālinīpariṇayaḥ iti nāṭakaṃ prasiddham

inī

śṛṅgārataṭinī   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

śṛṅgārataṭinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

śṛṅgārataṭinī   

ekā strī ।

śṛṅgārataṭinyāḥ ullekhaḥ vāsavadattāyām asti

inī

buddhakapālinī   

ṣaṭsu ekā aindrajālikā devatā ।

dharmasaṃgrahe buddhakapālinī pradiṣṭā avartata

inī

buddhivilāsinī   

līlāvatyāḥ ekā ṭīkā ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-gaṇitajña-bhāskarācārya-kṛta līlāvatī nāma graṃthasya adhyayanārthaṃ buddhivilāsinī ṭīkā upayuktā

inī

kuṇḍinī   

ekā strī ।

patañjalinā kuṇḍikā samullikhitā

inī

kulāyinī   

ekaḥ pūjāvidhiḥ ।

kulāyinī lāṭyāyanena nyāyamālāvistarasya ṭīkāyām ullikhitā

inī

kṛttattvabodhinī   

ekaḥ vyākaraṇaprabandhaḥ ।

kṛttattvabodhinī kośe ullikhitā asti

inī

buddhakapālinī   

ṣaṭsu ekā aindrajālikā devatā ।

dharmasaṃgrahe buddhakapālinī pradiṣṭā avartata

inī

buddhivilāsinī   

līlāvatyāḥ ekā ṭīkā ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-gaṇitajña-bhāskarācārya-kṛta līlāvatī nāma graṃthasya adhyayanārthaṃ buddhivilāsinī ṭīkā upayuktā

inī

mālinī, samudrānta, durālabha, ātmamūlī, idamkāryā, sutā, kacchurā, kṣudreṅgudī, gāndhārikā, girikarṇī, tāmramūlā, triparṇikā, dīrghamūlī, duḥsparśā, padmamukhī, phañjikā, marūdbhavā, rodanī, rodanikā, virūpā, viśāladā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

mālinyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

inī

mālinī   

vṛttanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

naikeṣāṃ vṛttānāṃ nāma mālinī iti asti

inī

medinī   

ekaḥ kośaḥ ।

medinyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

inī

arkakāntā, ādityakāntā, ādityatejas, ādityaparṇikā, ādityaparṇinī, bhāskareṣṭā, ravīṣṭā, varadā, saptanāmā, satyanāman, sutejā, surasambhavā, sūryāvartā, suvarcalā, sūryalatā, ādityaparṇin, saura, sauri, mārtaṇḍavallabhā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

arkakāntāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

inī

kevikā, kavikā, kevī, bhṛṅgāriḥ, bhṛṅgamārī, nṛpavallabhā, mahāgandhā, rājakanyā, alivāhinī   

ekaṃ puṣpam,asya guṇāḥ madhuratvaṃ,śītatvaṃ,dāhapittaśramavātaśleṣmarogapittacharddivināśitvaṃ ca ।

kevikāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

inī

keśārhā, mahānīlī, amarā, aninīlikā, tutyā, śrīpha़likā, melā, bhartṛsapatrikā, nīlāparājitā   

ekaḥ vṛkṣakaḥ,asya guṇāḥ,guṇāḍhyatvaṃ,raṅgaśreṣṭhatvaṃ,suvarṇadātṛtvaṃ ca  ।

keśārhāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe dṛśyate

inī

krūrakarmā, kaṭutumbinī   

ekaḥ vṛkṣakaḥ ।

krūrakarmaṇaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

inī

kledinī, ketakī   

ekaḥ vṛkṣakaḥ ।

kledinī harivaṃśe ullikhitā asti

inī

vāṇinī   

vṛttanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

dvayoḥ vṛttayoḥ nāma vāṇinī iti asti

inī

vāhinīpatiḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

vāhinīpateḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyāṃ vartate

inī

sārabodhinī   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

sārabodhinī kāvyaprakāśasya ṭīkāgranthaḥ asti

inī

sinīpatiḥ   

ekaḥ yoddhā ।

sinīpateḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti

inī

sinīvākaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

sinīvākasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

inī

sīmantinī   

ekā strī ।

sīmantinyaḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇagranthe vartate

inī

hrādinī   

ekā nadī ।

hrādinyāḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

inī

hlādinī   

ekā nadī ।

hlādinyāḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe vartate

inī

haiminī   

ekā strī ।

haiminyāḥ ullekhaḥ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe asti

inī

śaṅkhinī   

bauddhajanaiḥ pūjitā śaktiḥ ।

śaṅkhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ kālacakre asti

inī

śaṅkhinī   

ekaṃ tīrtham ।

śaṅkhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

inī

vāhinīpatiḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkākāraḥ ।

vāhinīpateḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

virodhinī   

duḥsahasya putrī rākṣasī ca ।

virodhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe asti

inī

kevikā, kavikā, kevī, bhṛṅgāriḥ, bhṛṅgamārī, nṛpavallabhā, mahāgandhā, rājakanyā, alivāhinī   

ekaṃ puṣpam, asya guṇāḥ madhuratvaṃ, śītatvaṃ, dāhapittaśramavātaśleṣmarogapittacharddivināśitvaṃ ca ।

kevikāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

inī

keśārhā, mahānīlī, amarā, aninīlikā, tutyā, śrīpha़likā, melā, bhartṛsapatrikā, nīlāparājitā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ, asya guṇāḥ, guṇāḍhyatvaṃ, raṅgaśreṣṭhatvaṃ, suvarṇadātṛtvaṃ ca  ।

keśārhāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe dṛśyate

inī

krūrakarmā, kaṭutumbinī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

krūrakarmaṇaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

inī

kledinī , ketakī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

kledinī harivaṃśe ullikhitā asti

inī

gaṇeśatāpinī   

ekā upaniṣad ।

gaṇeśatāpinī upaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ kośakāraiḥ kṛtaḥ

inī

gopālatāpinī   

ekā upaniṣad ।

gopālatāpinī vaiṣṇava-upaniṣatsu ekā uapaniśada asti

inī

gopālottaratāpinī   

ekā upaniṣad ।

gopālottaratāpinī ekā vaiṣṇava-upaniṣad asti

inī

govindinī   

ekaḥ sugandhitaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

govindinī kośe ullikhitā asti

inī

cakradantī, dantī, śīghrā, śyenaghaṇṭā, nikumbhī, nāgasphotā, dantinī, upacitrā, bhadrā, rūkṣā, recanī, anukūlā, niḥśalyā, viśalyā, madhupuṣpā, eraṇḍaphalā, taruṇī, eraṇḍapatrikā, aṇurevatī, viśodhanī, kumbhī, uḍumbaradalā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ asyā guṇāḥ kaṭutvam uṣṇatvam śūlāmatvagdoṣārśovraṇāśmarī-śalyaśodhanatvam dīpanatvañca ।

cakradantī kośe varṇitā asti

inī

spandasūtravimarśinī   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

spandasūtravimarśinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

puṣpavāhinī   

ekā nadī ।

puṣpavāhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti

inī

kalivināśinī   

ekā devatā ।

kalivināśinyāḥ ullekhaḥ brahmapurāṇe asti

inī

kaphinī   

ekā nadī ।

kaphinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

kapardinī   

ekā devatā ।

kapardinyāḥ ullekhaḥ brahmapurāṇe asti

inī

kakudminī   

ekā nadī ।

kakudminyāḥ ullekhaḥ padmapurāṇe asti

inī

tuṅginī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

tuṅginyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

inī

unmādinī   

ekā rājakanyā ।

unmādinyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

inī

utpalinī   

ekaḥ śabdakoṣaḥ ।

utpalinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

utpalinī   

ekā nadī ।

utpalinyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

inī

ucchiṣṭacāṇḍālinī   

ekā devī ।

ucchiṣṭacāṇḍālinyāḥ ullekhaḥ tantrasāreṣu asti

inī

āśvinī   

iṣṭikāyāḥ prakāraḥ ।

āśvinyāḥ ullekhaḥ śatapatha-brāhmaṇe kātyāyana-śrauta-sūtre ca asti

inī

āpastambhinī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

āpastambhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

padminīkhaṇḍam   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

padminīkhaṇḍasya ullekhaḥ siṃhāsana-dvātriṃśikāyām asti

inī

padadyotinī   

gītagovindasya ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

padadyotinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

pārāśarīkauṇḍinīputraḥ   

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ ।

pārāśarīkauṇḍinīputrasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

āpastambhinī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

āpastambhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

cākaciccā, śvetavuhnā, kapītaḥ, vanatiktā, visarpiṇī, śaṅkhinī, girijā, dhūsaracchadā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

cākaciccāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

inī

jālinīmukhaḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

jālinīmukhasya ullekhaḥ kāraṇḍa-vyūhe asti

inī

jaiminībhāgavatam   

bhāgavatapurāṇasya ādhunikaṃ pāṭhāntaram ।

jaiminībhāgavatasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

jaiminīyaḥ   

sāmavedasya caraṇavyūhasya ca vidyālayaḥ ।

jaiminīyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

tātparyabodhinī   

citradīpasya ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

tātparyabodhinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

tuṅginī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

tuṅginyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

inī

kākinī   

ekā devatā ।

kākinyaḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

inī

navamālinī   

ekaṃ vṛttam ।

navamālinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

inī

devatarasya ullekhaḥ jaiminīya-upaniṣadi asti   

devatara ।

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ

inī

dharminī   

ekā strī ।

dharminyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti









Parse Time: 1.264s Search Word: inī Input Encoding: IAST IAST: inī